Quarterlytics / Industrials / Integrated Freight & Logistics / Pitney Bowes

Pitney Bowes

pbi · NYSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker pbi
Exchange NYSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Integrated Freight & Logistics
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · Pitney Bowes
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
1
1

She’s ready  
for the right  
relationship  

Pitney Bowes Annual Report 2011

Every connection is a new opportunity ™

1 Elmcroft Road, Stamford, CT 06926-0700   203.356.5000   www.pb.com

 
 
Stockholder Information

World Headquarters
Pitney Bowes Inc. 
1 Elmcroft Road, Stamford, CT 06926-0700 
203.356.5000 
www.pb.com

Annual Meeting
Stockholders are cordially invited to attend the Annual 
Meeting at 9:00 a.m., Monday, May 14, 2012, at Pitney Bowes  
World Headquarters in Stamford, Connecticut. Notice of the 
meeting will be mailed or made available to stockholders  
of record as of March 16, 2012. Please refer to the Proxy 
Statement for information concerning admission to the meeting.

10-K Report
Included in this Annual Report to Stockholders is a copy of 
our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
December 31, 2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission. This Annual Report contains statements that 
are forward-looking. These statements are based on current 
expectations and assumptions that are subject to risks and 
uncertainties. Actual results could differ materially because of 
factors discussed in the Forward-Looking Statements section 
of the Form 10-K. The CEO/CFO certifications required to be 
filed with the SEC under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002 were filed as exhibits to our Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011. 
The CEO certification required to be submitted to the NYSE 
pursuant to Section 303A.12(a) of the NYSE Listed Company 
Manual was submitted on June 7, 2011.

Additional copies of our Form 10-K will be sent to 
stockholders free of charge upon written request to:  
MSC 00-63-02 
Investor Relations 
Pitney Bowes Inc. 
1 Elmcroft Road, Stamford, CT 06926-0700

Stock Exchanges
Pitney Bowes common stock is traded under the symbol 
“PBI.” The principal market on which it is listed is the New 
York Stock Exchange. The stock is also traded on the Chicago, 
Philadelphia, Boston, Pacific and Cincinnati stock exchanges.

Investor Inquiries
All investor inquiries about Pitney Bowes should be 
addressed to: 
MSC 00-63-02 
Investor Relations 
Pitney Bowes Inc. 
1 Elmcroft Road, Stamford, CT 06926-0700

Comments concerning the Annual Report  
should be sent to:
MSC 00-63-03 
Corporate Marketing 
Pitney Bowes Inc. 
1 Elmcroft Road, Stamford, CT 06926-0700

Trademarks 
Pitney Bowes, the Corporate logo, Every connection is a new opportunity,  
Connect+, EngageOne, IntelliJet, Mailstream Wrapper, MarketSpace, pbSmart, 
pbSmartPostage, Portrait Interaction Optimizer, Portrait Uplift, Print+ Messenger, 
SendSuite Live and Volly are trademarks of Pitney Bowes Inc. or a subsidiary.  
USPS and First-Class are trademarks of the United States Postal Service.  
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

Transfer Agent and Registrar
Computershare Trust Company, N.A. 
PO Box 43078 
Providence, RI 02940-3078 
Stockholders may call Computershare at (800) 648-8170 
www.computershare.com

Stockholder Inquiries
To provide or obtain information concerning transfer 
requirements, lost certificates, dividends, changes of address 
and other matters, please call: (800) 648-8170, TDD phone 
service for the hearing impaired (800) 952-9245, for foreign 
holders (781) 575-2721; or write to the address above.

Dividend Reinvestment Plan
Owners of Pitney Bowes Inc. common stock may purchase 
common stock, $1 par value, with their dividends through the 
Dividend Reinvestment Plan. A prospectus and enrollment 
card may be obtained by calling (800) 648-8170 or by writing 
to the agent at the address above.

Direct Deposit of Dividends
For information about direct deposit of dividends, please call 
(800) 648-8170 or write to the agent at the address above.

Duplicate Mailings
If you receive duplicate mailings because you have more than 
one account listing, you may wish to save your company money 
by consolidating your accounts. Please call (800) 648-8170 or 
write to the agent at the address above.

Stock Information
Dividends per common share:

Quarter 

First 
Second 
Third 
Fourth 

Total 

  2011 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

.370 
.370 
.370 
.370 

$  1.48 

Quarterly price ranges of common stock:

2011 Quarter 

First 
Second 
Third 
Fourth 

2010 Quarter 

First 
Second 
Third 
Fourth 

  High 

$ 26.15 
$ 26.36 
$ 23.47 
$ 21.20 

  High 

$ 24.76 
$ 26.00 
$ 25.00 
$ 24.79 

  2010

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

.365
.365
.365
.365

$  1.46

  Low

$ 23.46
$ 22.05
$ 18.00
$ 17.33

  Low

$ 20.80
$ 21.28
$ 19.06
$ 21.19

The materials used in this publication are recyclable.  
The paper is certified to Forest Stewardship Council™ (FSC)® standards.

2
1
3
0
5
7
0
2
1
D
A

d
e
v
r
e
s
e
r
s
t
h
g

i
r
l
l

A

.
c
n
I
s
e
w
o
B
y
e
n
t
i
P
2
1
0
2
©

y
o
l
l
o
M
a
r
u
a
L
:
n
o
i
t
a
r
t
s
u
l
l
I

i

k
s
r
e
l
a
w
a
K
d
e
T

,

w
o
l
e
g
B
n
a
D

i

:
y
h
p
a
r
g
o
t
o
h
P

k
r
o
Y
w
e
N

,
l
e
u
q
e
S
:
n
g
i
s
e
D

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
She could be your perfect customer.  
She fits your market by income, location  
and interests. She even likes your products. 
But she has lots of choices. How do you  
convince her you’re right for her, too?

First, recognize that lasting relationships  
are built on mutual understanding and  
open, honest communication. Then, find  
the technology to make it happen, one  
customer at a time. 

Do this across an entire market, and  
you’ll do more than build enduring 
relationships. You’ll build a strong future  
for your business, with technology  
Pitney Bowes can deliver today.

2 

Murray D. Martin 
Chairman, President and  
Chief Executive Officer

Fellow Shareholders:

The big story of 2011 was the continuing transformation of Pitney Bowes into a leading provider of 
21st-century customer communication technologies. We have been able to accelerate this transformation  
by reducing our costs and streamlining our business over the last two and a half years. These measures 
also helped our company remain solidly profitable in 2011, despite the lingering effects of a deep,  
global recession. During the year, we added to our growing portfolio of products and services that  
help businesses cater to the communication preferences of individual customers and build long-term 
relationships with them. By seeking out the best technology partners, we ensured that the products  
we bring to market are superior to our competition’s. Taken together, these actions demonstrate our 
commitment to leading the revolution in customer communications that is now taking place.

Breakthrough technologies

Businesses face big challenges in communicating with their customers today. The rules of engagement 
are changing. Customers are now in charge. They will ignore anything that is not relevant to them.  
Digital communications are exploding and organizations are struggling to make sense of Big Data — the 
unending torrent of digital information from and about customers. There are also growing concerns about 
privacy and compliance. Pitney Bowes is helping businesses around the world turn these challenges to 
their advantage, so they can achieve their strategic objectives and become more profitable. 

Our new EngageOne™ Communication Suite is the latest example of how our technology is helping 
businesses adopt a more integrated, customer-focused approach. This truly enterprise-wide solution 
allows multiple departments to use the same platform to create, produce and deliver communications  
of all types, across all channels: Web, email, mail and mobile. When marketing, billing and client 
services share a common integrated system, it is far easier to produce communications that reinforce 
each other and contain the most current, relevant information. 

We expanded our software product offerings in 2011, solidifying our position as one of the world’s leading 
software providers as measured by Software Magazine’s annual Software 500 listing, in which we placed  

Pitney Bowes Annual Report 20113

in the top one-third of all companies. We introduced new applications in areas ranging from customer 
analytics and campaign management to cross-channel customer self-service tools. 

Our software is helping businesses improve how they identify prospects, bring them on board as 
customers and sustain mutually rewarding relationships. A report by Forrester Research called our 
combination of predictive analytics and EngageOne a “game changer,” saying that “Pitney Bowes now  
has all the tools for emerging multichannel communications.”

Our technologies are gaining traction in the marketplace. Portrait Uplift™ software, for example,  
delivered impressive growth while drawing glowing reviews from industry analysts. This software allows 
businesses to identify a crucial customer bloc: those who might leave, but might also be persuaded  
to stay. By delivering exactly the right offer to this target audience, companies can dramatically improve  
the ROI for their marketing efforts. Gartner calls uplift analysis a “must-consider concept for every 
organization with significant campaign management activities.”

Our software is helping businesses improve 
how they identify prospects, bring them on 
board as customers and sustain mutually 
rewarding relationships.

Small businesses often have to navigate the complexities of the multichannel world on their own.  
Through services for managing direct mail, email and QR code-based campaigns, our new pbSmart™  
suite of cloud-based solutions helps these businesses market themselves with the same sophistication  
as larger companies. Our pbSmart Codes deliver a superior customer experience and are far more  
useful to marketers than typical QR codes. When a consumer scans a pbSmart Code, it brings up a link 
not just to a Web page, but to a landing page specifically designed to look great on any mobile device.  
It also provides instant campaign metrics to business owners. 

This suite also includes pbSmartPostage™, which lets users print shipping labels and postage for letters 
from any networked computer, eliminating the need for software downloads. Our small-meter customers 
greeted the April launch of pbSmartPostage enthusiastically. 

Volly™, our free digital delivery service, has the potential to simplify the lives of consumers while providing 
businesses with a flexible communication channel that can help them strengthen customer relationships. 
Volly will give consumers a single, secure online location to receive, manage and store bills, statements, 
investment information and other communications that once arrived in the mail.

We unveiled Volly as a concept in early 2011 and spent the rest of the year refining it. We talked to consumers, 
let them test-drive it, and then made improvements based on their feedback. Partnerships with best-of-breed 
companies will allow us to deliver the best possible digital service. Adobe’s web content management 
software, for example, will create a more dynamic experience that we are certain will delight consumers. 

Because success in this emerging market depends on mailer density (the amount of mail the average 
household can receive digitally), relationships with third-party mailers are key. We closed 2011 having 

Pitney Bowes Annual Report 20114 

signed agreements with 40 such firms, which collectively send out over 5 billion bills, statements and 
account communications a year on behalf of more than 5,000 businesses and consumer brands. We will 
continue to expand the amount of mail that can be delivered through Volly and make the service available  
to consumers in the second half of 2012.

The future of mail

Recent news reports have painted a dire picture of the U.S. Postal Service and the future of physical  
mail. While there is no question that the USPS faces serious operational issues, speculation that mail will 
cease to be a vital communication channel is simply wrong. In 2011, the USPS delivered nearly 170 billion 
pieces of mail, powering the trillion-dollar-a-year mailing industry.

Businesses know that their customers want to interact with them across multiple channels, depending  
on where they are and what they are doing: paying a bill, confirming an order or checking out a sale.  
Our strategy focuses on leveraging physical, digital and hybrid channels to yield a sum greater than its 
parts. We are actively involved in conversations with the USPS, as well as with other posts worldwide,  
to help define the future of this enduring communication channel.

We continue to invest in 
technologies that make it easier 
to integrate mail with digital 
communications.

We continue to invest in products and services that increase the value of mail and make it easier to 
integrate mail with digital communications. For instance, our cloud-based Connect+® system enables 
mailers to turn envelopes into powerful marketing pieces by printing full-color messages or a pbSmart 
Code in the same pass as the postage. Our Print+ Messenger™  gives high-volume mailers the ability  
to print personalized color marketing messages, logos and addresses on envelopes, while our new 
Mailstream Wrapper™ creates envelopes “on the fly” during mail production. For high-volume mailers,  
we also expanded our line of IntelliJet® printing systems in 2011. These digital color printers transform 
routine mailings into personalized marketing pieces. Our new MarketSpace™ Web Platform adds even 
greater potential value to these monthly statements by enabling mailers to sell space to third-party 
advertisers for highly targeted marketing. We and our partner Media Horizons Inc. handle it all,  
from brokering ads and analyzing available white space to matching recipients with each advertiser’s 
target audience. 

We also expanded our lineup of cloud-based SendSuite Live™ shipping solutions; with the rise of global 
e-commerce and the accompanying increase in shipping, this area is increasingly important for us. With  
a new technology-based consulting service from our Management Services business, recently named 
among the world’s top 100 outsourcing service providers, we are also helping large businesses tackle  
the costly and persistent problem of returned mail. According to industry research, nearly 2 percent  
of all outbound USPS® First-Class Mail® gets returned each year, which translates into 1.4 billion lost 
opportunities to connect with a customer. 

Pitney Bowes Annual Report 20115

Strategic vision, 
great technology 
and the values that 
define us: together 
these will ensure 
our continuing 
success.

I cannot mention mail without a salute to our Mail Services 
employees for the heroic job they did following the fire that 
destroyed our huge processing site in Dallas. We not only 
maintained service during the crisis, but found and outfitted a 
new site in just seven months, enabling our presort business to 
return to its path of solid revenue growth.

Investing wisely

We have invested approximately $200 million in new technology 
and process improvements. These investments were funded with 
savings generated by our Strategic Transformation program, 
which exceeded our targets and will generate $300 million in 
net annualized savings. We launched this top-to-bottom review of our operations in 2009 to give us  
the ability to serve customers better, increase our capacity for growth and ensure our ability to manage 
our way through an economic downturn that has lasted longer than many expected. 

Our new investments include collaborative software that is helping build stronger relationships with  
our own customers. This software connects our sales representatives across geographies and lines of 
business, giving them the same comprehensive view of each customer. This means our people can always 
speak with a single, knowledgeable voice, even when the customer is a global enterprise with a multilayered 
relationship with Pitney Bowes.

Our new Global Technology Center in Danbury, Connecticut, brings together our engineering, research  
and development, product management, and information technology services under one roof for our 
communications solutions businesses. We created the center to enhance cross-team collaboration  
and open new paths to innovation.

An enduring commitment to our values

Beyond great technology and a clear strategic vision, our commitment to the values that have sustained 
us for 90 years will ensure our continuing success. As I meet with Pitney Bowes people around the  
world, I am inspired by their personal dedication to innovation, to the pursuit of excellence and to our 
responsibilities as a global corporate citizen. Our 28,000 employees have weathered both an adverse 
economy and a rigorous internal transformation. Through it all, we have stayed true to who we are as a 
company while maintaining the passion and energy needed to transform Pitney Bowes for the challenges 
and opportunities of the 21st century. I am very proud of what we are accomplishing together.

Murray D. Martin 
Chairman, President and  
Chief Executive Officer

  Need a QR code reader? Download ScanShot from iTunes or wherever Android 
apps are available. For a BlackBerry reader, visit App World. It’s free and easy.

Scan this code 
to learn more 
about Volly

Pitney Bowes Annual Report 20116 

How do you  
build a customer 
relationship 
that lasts?

Get to know 
er and earn 

her trust

Scan this code  
to learn more 
about building 
lifetime customer 
relationships

Pitney Bowes Annual Report 20117

WASHINGTON

OREGON

You have a lot of information about her. But how well do 
you know her? Not well enough, if you’ve ever addressed 
her as “Dear Mr. Client.” Or tried to sell her something 
new before resolving an existing complaint. 

In the age of Big Data, chaos can turn what should be 
relevant, targeted customer communications into 
relationship killers. Information gets old. Databases  
don’t talk to each other. Sometimes the data doesn’t  
make sense.

Pitney Bowes is helping businesses around the world 
make smarter use of their data, with intelligent software 
that ensures the data’s quality, accessibility and value as 
a decision-making tool. 

Our analytical tools enable businesses to understand 
individual customers better and gain fresh insights into 
everything from how to serve them better to what else 
they might want to buy.

Forecast the future 
to target the right customers

She’s undecided, but could — with just the  
right offer — be persuaded to renew her contract. 
Game-changing software from Pitney Bowes helps 
marketers predict which customers are worth 
targeting — and which aren’t. It analyzes hundreds 
of variables to classify customers by type: those 
who are going to renew anyway; those who will 
react negatively to a marketing pitch; and those 
who have already decided to bolt. Then there are 
the customers whose behavior you can actually 
change. By marketing only to these “persuadables,” 
T-Mobile Austria GmbH achieved higher retention 
rates at sharply reduced costs.

Pitney Bowes Annual Report 20118 

Talk to her  
about what 
she really  
cares about 

You know she’s reading her monthly statement.  
But is it saying all it could? Does she find your offers  
relevant, or irritating? Would she like them better via 
email, or mobile? Do all your communications speak  
with a single voice?

As channels proliferate and the rules of customer 
engagement change, getting things exactly right is  
a challenge. 

Pitney Bowes can help. Our pioneering technology lets  
you create dynamic communications tailored to specific 
channels — Web, email, mail, mobile, call-center 
conversations. Marketing, client services and billing can  
all leverage a single production engine, eliminating the 
redundant or confusing messages that alienate customers.

Our analytics transform routine communications into 
relationship-builders. Using our software, you can learn 
from millions of past responses how to create more relevant 
offers and predict which channels will work best.

Pitney Bowes Annual Report 2011Pitney Bowes Annual Report 2011

9

You have my attention, 
now tell me more

She already relies on Aflac insurance to help 
provide a safety net for her family. Now she 
can get information on her policies in colorful, 
concise messages right on her monthly 
statement, thanks to Pitney Bowes output 
enhancement software and four-color digital 
inkjet technology. Aflac sees the process as  
100 percent variable-data printing. She sees 
it as a way to learn more about her benefits 
and other Aflac policies she should consider. 
Multiply this by 400,000 statements a month, 
and it’s a potent cross-sell channel.

10 

Be as savvy  
about technology 
as she is

Pitney Bowes Annual Report 201111

She’s constantly on the move — and always 
connected. Pitney Bowes technology helps  
you reach her wherever, whenever, however 
she likes — with personalized content she  
can act on right away. 

pbSmart Codes bring smart 
audiences to Stamford Symphony

Personalized  
advice, on the fly

Smartphones at live concerts? No, but 
at Connecticut’s Stamford Symphony, 
they’re a hit with audience and orchestra 
alike, thanks to the marketing magic of 
pbSmart™ Codes. QR codes are everywhere 
these days. But it took Pitney Bowes to 
unleash their potential, with a terrific 
user experience and real-time metrics for 
marketers. Using pbSmart Codes, orchestra 
patrons are now accessing online video, 
concert schedules and instant discounts 
everywhere from home and office to 
theater lobbies and program books. While 
the printed code remains the same, the 
information behind it is as dynamic as the 
orchestra itself. And yes, they do turn off 
their phones before the music starts. 

Every road warrior knows the hazards:  
canceled flights, lost reservations, construction 
delays, car trouble. Fortunately, her travel 
agent’s call center runs on iSuggest, an 
analytical tool that automatically searches  
for the best answer to her immediate needs. 
The cloud-based inbound marketing platform 
is built on our Portrait Interaction Optimizer™ 
software and sold as a monthly service by 
Tieto, northern Europe’s largest IT service 
provider. Across a range of industries, 
iSuggest enables call-center agents to speak 
knowledgeably from the beginning of a 
conversation with customers they’ve never met. 
For some, it can mean a better place to stay 
once they land; for others, it’s personalized 
advice about a financial decision. 

Scan this code  
to learn more about 
pbSmart Codes

Pitney Bowes Annual Report 201112 

Simplify  
her life

Help her simplify her busy life  
and she’s yours. With Pitney 
Bowes, you can give her the 
personal attention she deserves, 
and make it easy for her to do 
business with you — on her terms. 
Do it for all your customers and 
watch your business grow. 

Give her the time  
to focus on what matters

It’s the digital age, but paper still clutters  
her life. Bills, statements, marketing offers —  
it’s endless, and it’s all in her mailbox. Dealing 
with it takes time and she’s got better things  
to do. That’s why she needs Volly™,  our new  
digital delivery service. Volly transforms that 
overwhelming pile of paper into a seamless  
digital stream, then delivers it to a single, secure 
online location where she can make quick work  
of it all and store what she needs. With Volly,  
she can see the status of bills at a glance and  
pay them instantly, using a single log-in via 
computer, smartphone or tablet. Businesses 
benefit, too. They get to engage directly with 
individual customers while promoting their  
brand and reducing mail costs.

Pitney Bowes Annual Report 201113

Financial Highlights 
from Our CFO

Michael Monahan
Executive Vice President  
and Chief Financial Officer

This year’s annual report is all about building lasting customer relationships through relevant communications.  
We believe that is where our long-term growth and value creation opportunities lie. In 2011, we continued to make 
progress in executing our strategies to help our Small and Medium business and enterprise customers identify, 
develop and maintain the right relationships with their customers via the channels of their choice. 

We believe that our disciplined implementation of our Strategic Transformation program, initiated in 2009, has laid  
the foundation for our future success. Our actions to increase productivity and streamline the organization have given 
us a more variable, competitive cost structure. The leverage from the program enabled us to improve our segment 
EBIT margins in three of our seven business segments for 2011 compared with the prior year, despite the prolonged 
global economic and business uncertainty that negatively affected our revenue. Most importantly, the benefits from 
these initiatives allowed us to reinvest in talent and infrastructure to expand our digital and hybrid capabilities in the 
customer communications management marketplace. We have made significant investments in our Web platform  
and customer-facing sales and service systems; developed global shared services across multiple functions; and 
enhanced our product management and development capabilities. 

We made these investments and many others while still achieving net benefits from Strategic Transformation for 2011 
in excess of $135 million. This brings the annualized run rate of our total net benefits to date to more than $300 million, 
exceeding even our most recent expectations of benefits targeted at $250 to $300 million. We will continue to realize 
benefits in 2012 and beyond from the capability that we have created. While we do not anticipate future material charges 
related to this program, we will drive continuous improvement in our operations as a way of life going forward.

Our revenue for the full year was $5.3 billion, a decline of less than 3 percent when compared with the prior year. 
Revenue this year included about a 2 percent benefit from currency translation. Adjusted earnings per diluted share 
from continuing operations were $2.70 compared with $2.23 for the prior year. Adjusted earnings per share from 
continuing operations included $0.44 per share related to tax settlements with the IRS for tax years 2001 through 2008.

Our earnings per diluted share on a generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) basis were $3.05 for the full year 
compared with $1.41 for the prior year. This year’s earnings included $0.52 per share for restructuring and asset 
impairments primarily associated with the company’s Strategic Transformation initiatives; non-cash goodwill impairments 
of $0.56 per share; and a non-cash net tax charge of $0.02 per share primarily associated with out-of-the-money stock 
options that expired during the year. Benefits to GAAP earnings per share for the year included $0.13 per share from 
the sale of leveraged lease assets in Canada and an additional $1.31 per share net benefit in discontinued operations 
related to the tax settlements with the IRS in the U.S.

We continued to generate outstanding cash flow. Our free cash flow for the year was $1.03 billion, which benefited 
from higher net income, approximately $130 million in tax refunds primarily associated with U.S. income tax settlements, 
and higher reserve account deposits. Of our cash generated, we paid $300 million in dividends to common shareholders; 
made special contributions of $123 million to our U.S. pension plan; used $100 million to repurchase our common 
shares outstanding; and reduced debt by $50 million.

Pitney Bowes Annual Report 201114 

We are pleased that in February our Board of Directors decided to increase our dividend to $0.375 per common  
share for the first quarter of 2012. This marks the 30th consecutive year that we have increased our quarterly dividend. 
This is an important part of our commitment to provide excellent returns to shareholders. 

We are expanding our opportunities for growing our value to shareholders and customers, as we successfully transform 
our ability to help our customers communicate and build lasting relationships with their customers. Our Strategic 
Transformation program has created the capacity to support and accelerate growth. We are focused on improving 
revenue trends in 2012 and have a number of initiatives designed to take advantage of opportunities to grow our digital 
and hybrid capabilities and offerings, while continuing to enrich our value proposition for all our customers.

Michael Monahan 
Executive Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer

Summary of Selected Financial Data

For the year 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

As reported

Revenue 

Income from continuing operations 

Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Depreciation and amortization 

Capital expenditures 

Cash dividends per share of common stock 

Average common and potential common shares outstanding 

Total assets 

Total debt 

Stockholders’ deficit 

Total employees 

As adjusted

EBIT   

Income from continuing operations 

Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations 

Free cash flow 

EBIT to interest 

2011 

2010 

2009 

$  5,277,974 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

351,321 

1.73 

920,193 

272,142 

155,980 

1.48 

 202,765,947 

$  8,147,104 

$  4,233,909 

$ 

(38,986) 

28,683 

$ 

$ 

$ 

897,130 

548,094 

2.70 

$  1,029,569 

4.5 

$  5,425,254 

$  310,483 

$ 

1.50 

$  952,111 

$  303,653 

$  119,768 

$ 

1.46 

 206,752,872 

$  8,444,023 

$  4,289,248 

$  5,569,171

$  431,554

$ 

2.08

$  824,068

$  338,895

$  166,728

$ 

1.44

 207,322,440

$  8,571,039

$  4,439,662

$ 

(96,581) 

$ 

(3,152)

30,661 

33,004

$  918,175 

$  460,884 

$ 

2.23 

$  962,307 

4.6 

$  950,278

$  473,399

$ 

2.28

$  889,094

4.7

Pitney Bowes Annual Report 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of Reported Consolidated  
Results to Adjusted Results

For the year 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

GAAP income from continuing operations before income taxes,  

as reported 

  Restructuring charges and asset impairments 

  Goodwill impairment 

  Sale of leveraged lease 

  Other income and expense 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes, as adjusted 

Provision for income taxes, as adjusted 

Preferred stock dividends of subsidiaries attributable to  

noncontrolling interests 

Income from continuing operations, as adjusted 

Interest expense, net 

  Provision for income taxes, as adjusted 

  Preferred stock dividends of subsidiaries attributable to  

  noncontrolling interests 

EBIT   

GAAP diluted earnings per share, as reported 

(Gain) loss from discontinued operations 

GAAP diluted earnings per share from continuing operations,  

as reported 

  Restructuring charges and asset impairments 

  Goodwill impairment 

  Other income and expense 

  Tax adjustments 

GAAP net cash provided by operating activities, as reported 

  Capital expenditures 

Free cash flow 

  Payments related to restructuring charges 

  Reserve account deposits 

  Pension plan contributions 

Free cash flow, as adjusted 

15

2011 

2010 

2009 

$  414,281 

  148,151 

  130,150 

7,282 

— 

  699,864 

  133,395 

18,375 

  548,094 

  197,266 

  133,395 

18,375 

$  897,130 

$ 

3.05 

(1.31) 

1.73 

0.52 

0.56 

(0.13) 

0.02 

$  920,193 

  (155,980) 

  764,213 

  107,002 

35,354 

  123,000 

$  534,577 

  182,274 

— 

— 

— 

  716,851 

  237,643 

  18,324 

  460,884 

  201,324 

  237,643 

  18,324 

$  918,175 

$ 

1.41 

0.09 

1.50 

0.59 

— 

— 

0.13 

$ 

2.23 

$  952,111 

 (119,768) 

  832,343 

  119,565 

  10,399 

— 

$  693,176

  48,746

—

—

4,450

  746,372

  251,505

  21,468

  473,399

  203,906

  251,505

  21,468

$  950,278

$ 

2.04

0.04

2.08

0.15

—

—

0.05

$ 

2.28

$  824,068

 (166,728)

  657,340

  105,090

1,664

  125,000

Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations, as adjusted 

$ 

2.70 

$ 1,029,569 

$  962,307 

$  889,094

The sum of the earnings per share amounts may not equal the totals above due to rounding. 

Management believes this presentation provides a reasonable basis on which to present the adjusted financial information. The Company’s financial results are reported in accordance  
with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). The earnings per share and free cash flow results are adjusted to exclude the impact of special items such as restructuring charges and 
asset impairment, goodwill impairment charges and other income and expense which materially impact the comparability of the Company’s results of operations. The use of free cash flow has 
limitations. GAAP cash flow has the advantage of including all cash available to the Company after actual expenditures for all purposes. Free cash flow is the amount of cash that management 
could have available for discretionary uses if it made different decisions about employing its cash. It adjusts for long-term commitments such as capital expenditures, as well as special items 
such as cash used for restructuring charges and contributions to its pension funds. All of these items use cash that is not otherwise available to the Company and are important expenditures. 
Management compensates for these limitations by using a combination of GAAP cash flow and free cash flow in doing its planning.

The adjusted financial information and certain financial measures such as earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT) and EBIT to interest are intended to be more indicative of the ongoing 
operations and economic results of the Company. EBIT excludes interest and taxes, and as a result has the effect of showing a greater amount of earnings than net income. The Company 
believes that interest and taxes, though important, do not reflect management effectiveness as these items are largely outside of its control. In assessing performance, the Company uses both 
EBIT and net income.

This adjusted financial information should not be construed as an alternative to our reported results determined in accordance with GAAP. Further, our definition of this adjusted financial 
information may differ from similarly titled measures used by other companies.

Pitney Bowes Annual Report 2011 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Helen Shan
Vice President — Finance  
and Treasurer

Joseph H. Timko
Executive Vice President  
and Chief Strategy and  
Innovation Officer

Johnna G. Torsone
Executive Vice President and  
Chief Human Resources Officer

*Information as of March 1, 2012

Stockholders may visit the Pitney  
Bowes corporate governance website  
at www.pb.com under Our Company —  
Leadership + Governance for information 
concerning the Company’s governance 
practices, including the Governance 
Principles of the Board of Directors, 
charters of the committees of the board, 
the Company’s Business Practices 
Guidelines and the Directors’ Code  
of Business Conduct and Ethics.

16 

Directors and Corporate Officers*

Directors

Corporate Officers

Murray D. Martin
Chairman, President and  
Chief Executive Officer

Leslie Abi-Karam
Executive Vice President  
and President, 
Pitney Bowes Communications 
Solutions

Patrick M. Brand
Vice President and President, 
Pitney Bowes Mailing,  
North America

Gregory E. Buoncontri
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Information Officer

Amy C. Corn
Vice President, Secretary 
and Chief Governance Officer

Daniel J. Goldstein
Executive Vice President  
and Chief Legal and  
Compliance Officer

Steven J. Green
Vice President — Finance  
and Chief Accounting Officer

Michael Monahan
Executive Vice President  
and Chief Financial Officer

John E. O’Hara
Executive Vice President  
and President,  
Pitney Bowes Software Solutions

Vicki A. O’Meara
Executive Vice President  
and President, 
Pitney Bowes Services Solutions

Rodney C. Adkins
Senior Vice President 
Systems and Technology Group 
International Business 
Machines Corporation

Linda G. Alvarado
President and  
Chief Executive Officer 
Alvarado Construction, Inc.

Anne M. Busquet
Principal 
AMB Advisors, LLC

Roger Fradin
President and  
Chief Executive Officer 
Honeywell Automation  
and Control Solutions,  
Honeywell International, Inc.

Anne Sutherland Fuchs
Group President 
Growth Brands Division 
Digital Ventures 
J.C. Penney Company, Inc.

James H. Keyes
Retired Chairman 
Johnson Controls, Inc.

Murray D. Martin
Chairman, President and  
Chief Executive Officer 
Pitney Bowes Inc.

Eduardo R. Menascé
Retired President  
Enterprise Solutions Group 
Verizon Communications Inc.

Michael I. Roth
Chairman and  
Chief Executive Officer 
The Interpublic Group of  
Companies, Inc.

David L. Shedlarz
Retired Vice Chairman 
Pfizer Inc.

David B. Snow, Jr.
Chairman and  
Chief Executive Officer 
Medco Health Solutions, Inc.

Robert E. Weissman
Retired Chairman 
IMS Health Incorporated

Pitney Bowes Annual Report 2011UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 

Commission file number: 1-3579

PITNEY BOWES INC. 

Incorporated in Delaware 
1 Elmcroft Road, Stamford, Connecticut 06926-0700 
(203) 356-5000 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Each Class 

Common Stock, $1 par value per share 
$2.12 Convertible Cumulative Preference Stock (no par value) 

I.R.S. Employer Identification No.
06-0495050

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered 
New York Stock Exchange 
New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  4% Convertible Cumulative Preferred Stock ($50 par value) 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes (cid:59)   No (cid:133) 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. 
Yes (cid:133)   No (cid:59) 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), 
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes (cid:59)   No (cid:133) 

Indicate  by  check  marks  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  and  posted  on  its  corporate  Website,  if  any,  every 
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (section 232.405 of this chapter) 
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files)  
Yes (cid:59)   No (cid:133) 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (section 229.405 of this chapter) is 
not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements 
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  (cid:133)  

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  or  a  smaller 
reporting company.  See definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of 
the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer (cid:59) 

Accelerated filer (cid:133) 

Non-accelerated filer (cid:133) 

Smaller reporting company (cid:133) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes (cid:133)   No (cid:59) 

As  of  June  30,  2011,  the  aggregate  market  value  of  the  registrant’s  common  stock  held  by  non-affiliates  of  the  registrant  was 
$4,647,239,292 based on the closing sale price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange. 

Number of shares of common stock, $1 par value, outstanding as of close of business on February 13, 2012:  199,787,708 shares. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission) on or before 
April 29, 2012 and to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 14, 
2012, are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

PAGE 

ITEM 1. 
Business................................................................................................................................................................
ITEM 1A.  Risk Factors..........................................................................................................................................................
ITEM 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments.................................................................................................................................
Properties..............................................................................................................................................................
ITEM 2. 
ITEM 3. 
Legal Proceedings ................................................................................................................................................
ITEM 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures.......................................................................................................................................

PART II 

ITEM 5.  Market for the Company’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer  

  Purchases of Equity Securities ...........................................................................................................................
ITEM 6. 
Selected Financial Data ........................................................................................................................................
ITEM 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ...............................
ITEM 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk..............................................................................
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ....................................................................................................
ITEM 8. 
ITEM 9. 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ...............................
ITEM 9A.  Controls and Procedures.......................................................................................................................................
ITEM 9B.  Other Information.................................................................................................................................................

PART III 

ITEM 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ...................................................................................
ITEM 11.  Executive Compensation ......................................................................................................................................
ITEM 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
  Matters................................................................................................................................................................
ITEM 13.  Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence ............................................................
Principal Accountant Fees and Services...............................................................................................................
ITEM 14. 

ITEM 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules ........................................................................................................
SIGNATURES...........................................................................................................................................................................
Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplemental Data ......................................................................................................

PART IV 

3 
5 
6 
6 
7 
7 

8 
10 
11 
28 
28 
28 
29 
29 

30 
31 

31 

31 
31 

32 
33 
34 

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
PART I 

ITEM 1. – BUSINESS 

General 

Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  (“we,”  “us,”  “our,”  or  “Company”),  was  incorporated  in  the  state  of  Delaware  on  April  23,  1920,  as  the  Pitney 
Bowes  Postage  Meter  Company.    Today  we  are  a  global  provider  of  software,  hardware  and  services  to  enable  both  physical  and 
digital  communications  and  to  integrate  those  physical  and  digital  communications  channels.    Our  growth  strategies  focus  on 
leveraging our historic leadership in physical communication with our expanding capabilities in digital and hybrid communications.  
We  see  long-term  opportunities  in  delivering products,  software,  services  and  solutions  that  help  customers  grow  their  business by 
more effectively managing their physical and digital communications with their customers.   

For  more  information  about  us,  our  products,  services  and  solutions,  visit  www.pb.com.    Also,  our  annual  reports  on  Form  10-K, 
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments or exhibits to those reports are available, free of 
charge, through the Investor Relations section of our website at www.pb.com/investorrelations, as soon as reasonably practicable after 
such reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC).  The information found 
on our website is not part of this or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC.  

Our  annual,  quarterly  and  current  reports,  proxy  statements  and  other  information  can  also  be  obtained  from  the  SEC’s  website  at 
www.sec.gov.  This uniform resource locator is an inactive textual reference only and is not intended to incorporate the contents of the 
SEC website into this Form 10-K. 

You  may  read  and  copy  any  document  we  file  with  the  SEC  at  the  SEC’s  Public  Reference  Room  at  450  Fifth  Street,  NW, 
Washington, DC 20549.  You may also request copies of these documents by writing to the SEC’s Office of Public Reference at the 
above  address,  at  prescribed  rates.    Please  call  the  SEC  at  (800)  732-0330  for  further  information  on  the  operations  of  the  Public 
Reference Room and copying charges. 

Business Segments 

We  organize  and  report  our  business  activities  within  two  groups  based  on  the  customers  they  primarily  serve,  Small  &  Medium 
Business Solutions and Enterprise Business Solutions.  See Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for financial information 
concerning our reporting segments. The principal products and services of each of our reporting segments are as follows: 

Small & Medium Business Solutions: 

North America Mailing:  Includes the U.S. and Canadian revenue and related expenses from the sale, rental and financing of 
our  mail  finishing,  mail  creation,  shipping  equipment  and  software;  supplies;  support  and  other  professional  services;  and 
payment solutions. 

International Mailing:   Includes  the revenue  and related  expenses  from  the  sale,  rental  and  financing of our  mail  finishing, 
mail  creation,  shipping  equipment  and  software;  supplies;  support  and  other  professional  services;  and  payment  solutions 
outside North America. 

Enterprise Business Solutions: 

Production Mail:  Includes the worldwide revenue and related expenses from the sale, support and other professional services 
of our high-speed, production mail systems, sorting and production print equipment.   

Software:  Includes the worldwide revenue and related expenses from the sale and support services of non-equipment-based 
mailing, customer relationship and communication and location intelligence software. 

Management  Services:    Includes  worldwide  revenue  and  related  expenses  from  facilities  management  services;  secure  mail 
services; reprographic, document management services; and litigation support and eDiscovery services. 

Mail  Services:    Includes  the  worldwide  revenue  and  related  expenses  from  presort  mail  services  and  cross-border  mail 
services. 

Marketing Services:  Includes the revenue and related expenses from direct marketing services for targeted customers. 

Support Services 

We  maintain  extensive  field  service  organizations  to  provide  servicing  for  customers’  equipment,  usually  in  the  form  of  annual 
maintenance contracts. 

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Marketing 

We market our products and services through our sales force, direct mailings, outbound telemarketing, independent distributors and 
the Internet.  We sell to a variety of business, governmental, institutional and other organizations.  We have a broad base of customers, 
and we are not dependent upon any one customer or type of customer for a significant part of our revenue.  We do not have significant 
backlog or seasonality relating to our businesses. 

Credit Policies 

We  establish  credit  approval  limits  and  procedures  based  on  the  credit  quality  of  the  customer  and  the  type  of  product  or  service 
provided to control risk in extending credit to customers.  In addition, we utilize an automatic approval program for certain leases.  
This program is designed to facilitate low dollar transactions by utilizing historical payment patterns and losses realized for customers 
with common credit characteristics.  The program defines the criteria under which we will accept a customer without performing a 
more detailed credit investigation, such as maximum equipment cost, a customer’s time in business and payment experience.  

We  closely  monitor  the  portfolio  by  analyzing  industry  sectors  and  delinquency  trends  by  product  line,  industry  and  customer  to 
ensure  reserve  levels  and  credit  policies  reflect  current  trends.   Management  continues  to  closely  monitor  credit  lines,  collection 
resources, and revise credit policies as necessary to be more selective in managing the portfolio. 

Competition 

We are a leading supplier of products and services in the large majority of our business segments and our long experience, reputation 
for product quality, and our sales and support service organizations are important factors in influencing customer choices with respect 
to our products and services.  All of our segments face competition from a number of companies.  In particular, we face competition 
from companies that offer products and services as alternative means of message communications, including from postage meter and 
mailing  machine  suppliers  for  new  placements  of  mailing  equipment  and  from  companies  that  offer  alternatives  to  our  mailing 
products, services and software.  As we expand our activities in managing and integrating physical and digital communications, we 
will face competition from other companies looking to digitize mail, as well as those providing on-line payment services.  We finance 
the majority of our equipment sales through our captive financing business.  Our financing operations face competition, in varying 
degrees, from leasing companies, commercial finance companies, commercial banks and other financial institutions.  Our competitors 
range from very large, diversified financial institutions to many small, specialized firms.  We offer a complete line of products and 
services as well as a variety of finance and payment offerings to our customers.  We are a major provider of business services to the 
corporate,  financial  services,  professional  services  and  government  markets,  competing  against  national,  regional  and  local  firms 
specializing in facilities and document management throughout the world. 

Research, Development and Intellectual Property 

We  have  many  research  and  development  programs  that  are  directed  toward  developing  new  products  and  service  offerings.    As  a 
result of our research and development efforts, we have been awarded a number of patents with respect to several of our existing and 
planned products.  We do not believe our businesses are materially dependent on any one patent or license or any group of related 
patents  or  group  of  related  licenses.    Our  expenditures  for  research  and  development  were  $149  million,  $156  million  and  $182 
million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. 

Material Suppliers 

We depend on third-party suppliers for a variety of services, components, supplies and a large portion of our product manufacturing.  
In certain instances, we rely on single sourced or limited sourced suppliers around the world because the relationship is advantageous 
due to quality, price, or there are no alternative sources.  We have not historically experienced shortages in services, components or 
products and believe that our available sources for materials, components, services and supplies are adequate. 

Regulatory Matters  

We are subject to the regulations of postal authorities worldwide related to product specifications and business practices involving our 
postage meters.  From time to time, we will work with these governing bodies to help in the enhancement and growth of mail and the 
mail channel.   

Employees and Employee Relations  

At December 31, 2011, we employed approximately 20,100 persons in the U.S. and 8,600 persons outside the U.S.  The large majority 
of  our  employees  are  not  represented  by  any  labor  union,  and  we  believe  that  our  current  relations  with  employees  are  good.  
Management follows the policy of keeping employees informed of decisions, and encourages and implements employee suggestions 
whenever practicable. 

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Executive Officers  

See Part III, Item 10. “Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” of this Form 10-K for information about Executive 
Officers of the Registrant. 

ITEM 1A. – RISK FACTORS 

In  addition  to  the  disclosures  and  other  information  discussed  in  this  report,  the  following  risk  factors  should  be  considered  in 
evaluating  our  business.    We  work  to  manage  and  mitigate  these  risks  proactively,  including  through  the  use  of  an  enterprise  risk 
management  program.    Nevertheless,  the  following  risks,  some  of  which  may  be  beyond  our  control,  could  materially  impact  our 
businesses,  our  brand  and  reputation,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  and  may  cause  future  results  to  be  materially 
different than our current expectations: 

Our revenue and profitability could be adversely affected by changes in postal regulations and processes. 

The majority of our revenue is directly or indirectly subject to regulation and oversight by postal authorities worldwide.  We depend 
on  a  healthy  postal  sector  in  the  geographic  markets  where  we  do  business,  which  could  be  influenced  positively  or  negatively  by 
legislative or regulatory changes in those countries.  Our profitability and revenue in a particular country could be affected by adverse 
changes in postal regulations, the business processes and practices of individual posts, the decision of a post to enter into particular 
markets in direct competition with us, and the impact of any of these changes on postal competitors that do not use our products or 
services.  These changes could affect product specifications, service offerings, customer behavior and the overall mailing industry.   

An accelerated decline in physical mail volumes could have an increasingly adverse effect on our revenues and profitability as we 
transition to more digital offerings and other services. 

An accelerated decline in physical mail volumes could adversely affect our business.  An accelerated or sudden decline in physical 
mail  volumes  could  result  from,  among  other  things,  changes  in  our  customers’  communication  behavior,  including  changes  in 
communications  technologies;  government  actions  such  as  executive  orders,  legislation  or  regulations  that  mandate  electronic 
substitution, prohibit certain types of mailings, increase the difficulty of using information or materials in the mail, or impose higher 
taxes or fees on mailing or postal services; and unexpected events such as the transmission of biological or chemical agents, or acts of 
terrorism   

Customer  usage  of  postal  services  to  send  physical  mail  continues  to  decline  and  has  had  an  adverse  effect  on  our  revenues  and 
profitability.  We do not expect total mail volumes to rebound to prior peak levels.  Factors underlying this trend include, among other 
things, increasing familiarity and comfort with the Internet, expansion of mobile internet access and the growing trend by businesses 
to incent or require their customers to use alternatives to mail for payments and statement presentment.  We have introduced various 
product and service offerings as alternatives to physical mail; however, there is no guarantee that these product and services offerings 
will  be  widely  accepted  in  the  marketplace;  and  if  accepted,  they  will  face  competition  from  existing  and  emerging  alternative 
products and services.  

We depend on third-party suppliers and outsource providers and our business could be adversely affected if we fail to manage these 
constituents effectively. 

We depend on third-party suppliers and outsource providers for a variety of components, supplies and a large portion of our product 
manufacturing and we outsource a number of our non-core functions and operations.  In certain instances, we rely on single sourced or 
limited sourced suppliers and outsourcing vendors around the world because the relationship is advantageous due to quality, price, or 
lack  of  alternative  sources.   If  production  was  interrupted  and  we  were  not  able  to  find  alternate  third-party  suppliers,  we  could 
experience disruptions in manufacturing and operations including product shortages, higher freight costs and re-engineering costs.  If 
outsourcing services are interrupted or not performed or the performance is poor, this could impact our ability to process, record and 
report transactions with our customers and other constituents.  Such interruptions in the provision of supplies and/or services could 
result in our inability to meet customer demand, damage our reputation and customer relationships and adversely affect our business. 

Market  deteriorations  and  credit  downgrades  could  adversely  affect  our  cost  of  funds  and  related  margins,  liquidity,  competitive 
position and access to capital markets.   

We provide financing services to our customers for equipment, postage, and supplies.  Our ability to provide these services is largely 
dependent upon our continued access to the U.S. capital markets.  An additional source of liquidity consists of deposits held in our 
wholly  owned  industrial  loan  corporation,  The  Pitney  Bowes  Bank  (the  Bank).    A  significant  credit  ratings  downgrade,  material 
capital market disruptions, significant withdrawals by depositors at the Bank, or adverse changes to our industrial loan charter could 
impact our ability to maintain adequate liquidity and impact our ability to provide competitive offerings to our customers.  

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We have a commercial paper program that is an important source of liquidity for us.  While we continue to have unencumbered access 
to  the  commercial  paper  markets,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  such  markets  will  continue  to  be  a  reliable  source  of  short-term 
financing  for  us.   If  market  conditions  deteriorate,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  other  funding  sources  would  be  available  or 
sufficient,  and  those  funding  sources  that  may  be  available  could  result  in  a  significantly  higher  cost  of  borrowing  and  adversely 
impact our results of operations. 

Failure to comply with privacy laws and other related regulations could subject us to significant liability and damage our reputation.  

Several of our services and financing businesses use, process and store customer information that could include confidential, personal 
or  financial  information.    We  also  provide  third-party  benefits  administrators  with  access  to  our  employees’  personal  information.  
Privacy laws and similar regulations in many jurisdictions where we do business, as well as contractual provisions, require that we and 
our benefits administrators take significant steps to safeguard this information.  These laws are continuing to evolve.  We, and our 
third-party  benefits  administrators,  have  security  systems  and  procedures  in  place  that  are  designed  to  protect  against  unauthorized 
access to such information; however, there is no guarantee that experienced computer programmers or hackers will not be able to gain 
access to ours, our third-party benefits administrators, security systems and misappropriate confidential information.  Any significant 
violations of data privacy or failure to comply with any of these laws, regulations or contract provisions could damage our reputation 
and business and subject us to significant remediation costs and/or liability. 

A disruption of our information technology systems could adversely impact our operating results. 

Our  portfolio  of  product,  service  and  financing  solutions  is  dependent  on  reliable  information  technology  systems.    We  maintain 
secure systems to collect revenue for certain postal services, which is critical to enable both our systems and the postal systems to run 
reliably.  The continuous and uninterrupted performance of our systems is critical to our ability to support and service our customers 
and to support postal services.  We have disaster recovery plans in place to protect our business operations in the case of adverse acts 
of nature, security breaches, power or communications failures, computer viruses, vandalism and other unexpected events.  Despite 
our preparations, our disaster recovery plans may not be completely successful and we could be prevented from fulfilling orders and 
servicing customers and postal services, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business. 

Our  inability  to  obtain  and  protect  our  intellectual  property  and  defend  against  claims  of  infringement  by  others  may  negatively 
impact our operating results.   

We do not believe our businesses are materially dependent on any one patent or license or group of patents or licenses.  However, we 
rely on copyright, trade secret, patent and other intellectual property laws in the United States and similar laws in other countries to 
establish and protect proprietary rights that are important to our business.  If we fail to enforce our intellectual property rights, our 
businesses  may  suffer.    We,  or  our  suppliers,  may  be  subject  to  third-party  claims  of  infringement  on  intellectual  property  rights.  
These  claims,  if  successful,  may  require  us  to  redesign  affected  products,  enter  into  costly  settlement  or  license  agreements,  pay 
damage awards, or face a temporary or permanent injunction prohibiting us from marketing or selling certain of our products.  

If we fail to comply with government contracting regulations, our operating results, brand name and reputation could suffer. 

Many  of  our  contracts  are  with  governmental  entities.    Government  contracts  are  subject  to  extensive  and  complex  government 
procurement laws and regulations, along with regular audits of contract pricing and our business practices by government agencies.  If 
we are found to have violated some provisions of the government contracts, we could be required to provide a refund, pay significant 
damages,  or  be  subject  to  contract  cancellation,  civil  or  criminal  penalties,  fines,  or  debarment  from  doing  business  with  the 
government.  Any of these events could not only affect us financially but also adversely affect our brand and reputation. 

ITEM 1B. – UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None.   

ITEM 2. – PROPERTIES 

Our  world  headquarters  is  located  in  Stamford,  Connecticut.    We  have  facilities  worldwide  that  are  either  leased  or  owned.    Our 
primary  manufacturing  and  assembly  operations  are  located  in  Danbury,  Connecticut  and  our  principal  research  and  development 
facilities are located in Danbury, Connecticut and Noida, India.  We believe that our manufacturing and assembly, administrative and 
sales office locations are adequate for the needs of all of our operations. 

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 3. – LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  

Legal Proceedings 

In the ordinary course of business, we are routinely defendants in, or party to a number of pending and threatened legal actions.  These 
may involve litigation by or against us relating to, among other things, contractual rights under vendor, insurance or other contracts; 
intellectual  property  or  patent  rights;  equipment,  service,  payment  or  other  disputes  with  customers;  or  disputes  with  employees.  
Some of these actions may be brought as a purported class action on behalf of a purported class of employees, customers or others.   

Our  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  Imagitas,  Inc.,  is  a  defendant  in  several  purported  class  actions  initially  filed  in  six  different  states.  
These lawsuits have been coordinated in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida, In re: Imagitas, Driver’s 
Privacy  Protection  Act  Litigation  (Coordinated,  May  28,  2007).    Each  of  these  lawsuits  alleges  that  the  Imagitas  DriverSource 
program  violated  the  federal  Drivers  Privacy  Protection  Act  (DPPA).    Under  the  DriverSource  program,  Imagitas  entered  into 
contracts with state governments to mail out automobile registration renewal materials along with third party advertisements, without 
revealing the personal information of any state resident to any advertiser.  The DriverSource program assisted the state in performing 
its  governmental  function  of  delivering  these  mailings  and  funding  the  costs  of  them.    The  plaintiffs  in  these  actions  were  seeking 
statutory  damages  under  the  DPPA.    On  December  21,  2009,  the  Eleventh  Circuit  Court  affirmed  the  District  Court’s  summary 
judgment  decision  in  Rine,  et  al.  v.  Imagitas,  Inc.  (United  States  District  Court,  Middle  District  of  Florida,  filed  August  1,  2006) 
which  ruled  in  Imagitas’  favor  and  dismissed  that  litigation.    That  decision  is  now  final,  with  no  further  appeals  available.    With 
respect to the remaining state cases, on December 30, 2011, the District Court ruled in Imagitas’ favor and dismissed the litigation.  
Plaintiff has filed a notice of appeal to the Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit.  Based upon our current understanding of the 
facts and applicable laws, we do not believe there is a reasonable possibility that any loss has been incurred. 

On October 28, 2009, the Company and certain of its current and former officers were named as defendants in NECA-IBEW Health & 
Welfare Fund v. Pitney Bowes Inc. et al., a class action lawsuit filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut.  The 
complaint  asserts  claims  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  on  behalf  of  those  who  purchased  the  common  stock  of  the 
Company during the period between July 30, 2007 and October 29, 2007 alleging that the Company, in essence, missed two financial 
projections.  Plaintiffs filed an amended complaint on September 20, 2010.  After briefing on the motion to dismiss was completed, 
the  plaintiffs  filed  a  new  amended  complaint  on  February  17,  2012.    We  intend  to  move  to  dismiss  this  new  amended  complaint.  
Based upon our current understanding of the facts and applicable laws, we do not believe there is a reasonable possibility that any loss 
has been incurred. 

We expect to prevail in the legal actions above; however, as litigation is inherently unpredictable, there can be no assurance in this 
regard.  If the plaintiffs do prevail, the results may have a material effect on our financial position, future results of operations or cash 
flows, including, for example, our ability to offer certain types of goods or services in the future. 

ITEM 4. – MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable  

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5. – MARKET FOR THE COMPANY’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES  

Our common stock is traded under the symbol “PBI” and is principally traded on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE).  Our stock 
is  also  traded  on  the  Boston,  Chicago,  Philadelphia,  Pacific  and  Cincinnati  stock  exchanges.    At  January  31,  2012,  we  had  21,270 
common stockholders of record.  The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices, as reported on the NYSE, and the cash 
dividends paid per share of common stock, for the periods indicated. 

Stock Price 

High 

Low 

Dividend 
Per Share 

For the year ended December 31, 2011 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

For the year ended December 31, 2010 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

26.15  
26.36  
23.47  
21.20  

24.76  
26.00  
25.00  
24.79  

$
$
$
$

$
$
$
$

23.46  
22.05  
18.00  
17.33  

20.80  
21.28  
19.06  
21.19  

  $

  $

  $

  $

0.37  
0.37  
0.37  
0.37  
1.48  

0.365  
0.365  
0.365  
0.365  
 1.46  

In February 2012, our Board of Directors authorized the payment of a cash dividend of $0.375 per share for the first quarter.  There 
are no material restrictions on our ability to declare dividends and we expect to continue to pay quarterly cash dividends.   

See Equity Compensation Plan Information Table in Item 12 of this Form 10-K for information regarding securities for issuance under 
our equity compensation plans.  

Share Repurchases 

We periodically repurchase shares of our common stock to manage the dilution created by shares issued under employee stock plans 
and for other purposes in the open market.  During 2011, we repurchased 4,692,200 shares of our common stock at a total cost of $100 
million.  At December 31, 2011, we have remaining authorization to repurchase up to $50 million of our common stock.  There were 
no share repurchases during the fourth quarter.   

8

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Stock Performance Graph 

The accompanying graph compares the most recent five-year share performance of Pitney Bowes, the Standard and Poor’s (“S&P”) 
500 Composite Index and a Peer Group Index. 

The Peer Group Index is comprised of the following companies: Automatic Data Processing, Inc., Diebold, Inc., R.R. Donnelley & 
Sons Co., DST Systems, Inc., FedEx Corporation, Hewlett-Packard Company, Lexmark International, Inc., Pitney Bowes Inc., United 
Parcel Service, Inc., and Xerox Corporation.   

Total return for the S&P 500 Composite Index and the Peer Group is based on market capitalization, weighted for each year. 

All information is based upon data independently provided to us by Standard & Poor’s Corporation and is derived from their official 
total return calculation.  The graph and table below show that on a total return basis, assuming reinvestment of all dividends, $100 
invested in the Company’s common stock, the S&P 500 Composite Index and the Peer Group on December 31, 2006 would have been 
worth $53, $99 and $85, respectively, on December 31, 2011. 

Comparison of Cumulative Five Year Total Return To Shareholders 

$120

$100

$80

$60

$40

$20

$0

2006

Pitney Bowes

S&P 500

Peer Group

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

Company Name / Index 
Pitney Bowes 
S&P 500 
Peer Group 

2006  

2007  

2008  

2009  

2010  

2011  

$100 
$100 
$100 

$85 
$105 
$104 

$59 
$66 
$77 

$57 
$84 
$97 

$64 
$97 
$99 

$53 
$99 
$85 

Indexed Returns 
December 31,  

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
ITEM 6. – SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The following table of selected financial data should be read in conjunction with the more detailed consolidated financial statements 
and related notes thereto included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 

Summary of Selected Financial Data 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Total revenue  

2011  
 5,277,974  

$ 

Amounts attributable to common stockholders: 
Income from continuing operations 
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations 
Net income  

$ 

$ 

 351,321  
 266,159  
 617,480  

Basic earnings per share attributable to common stockholders (1) 
  Continuing operations 
  Discontinued operations 
Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc. 

1.74  
1.32  
3.06  

$ 

$ 

$

$

$

$

$

Diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders (1) 
  Continuing operations 
$
  Discontinued operations 
Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc. 

1.73  
1.31  
3.05  

$ 

$ 

$

Cash dividends paid per share of 
common stock  

Balance sheet  
Total assets 
Long-term debt  
Total debt  
Noncontrolling interests (Preferred 
  stockholders' equity in subsidiaries) 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

1.48  

 8,147,104  
 3,683,909  
 4,233,909  

 296,370  

$

$
$
$

$

2010  
 5,425,254  

Years ended December 31, 
2009  
 5,569,171  

$

   $ 

2008  
 6,262,305  

 310,483  
 (18,104) 
 292,379  

1.51  
(0.09) 
1.42  

1.50  
(0.09) 
1.41  

1.46  

 8,444,023  
 4,239,248  
 4,289,248  

 296,370  

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$
$
$

$

 431,554  
 (8,109) 
 423,445  

   $ 

   $ 

 447,493  
 (27,700) 
 419,793  

2.09  
(0.04) 
2.05  

   $ 

   $ 

2.08  
(0.04) 
2.04  

   $ 

   $ 

2.15  
(0.13) 
2.01  

2.13  
(0.13) 
2.00  

1.44  

   $ 

1.40  

 8,571,039  
 4,213,640  
 4,439,662  

   $ 
   $ 
   $ 

 8,810,236  
 3,934,865  
 4,705,366  

 296,370  

   $ 

 374,165  

2007  
 6,129,795  

 361,247  
 5,534  
 366,781  

1.65  
0.03  
1.68  

1.63  
0.03  
1.66  

1.32  

 9,465,731  
 3,802,075  
 4,755,842  

 384,165  

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$
$
$

$

(1) The sum of earnings per share may not equal the totals due to rounding. 

10

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
ITEM 7. – MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 

OPERATIONS 

Forward-Looking Statements 

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) contains statements that are 
forward-looking.  We want to caution readers that any forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities 
Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in this Form 10-K may change based on various factors.  These 
forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and assumptions that are subject to risks and uncertainties and actual 
results could differ materially.  Words such as “estimate”, “target”, “project”, “plan”, “believe”, “expect”, “anticipate”, “intend”, and 
similar  expressions  may  identify  such  forward-looking  statements.    We  undertake  no  obligation  to  publicly  update  or  revise  any 
forward-looking  statements,  whether  as  a  result  of  new  information,  future  events  or  otherwise.    Factors  which  could  cause  future 
financial  performance  to  differ  materially  from  the  expectations  as  expressed  in  any  forward-looking  statement  made  by  or  on  our 
behalf include, without limitation: 

timely development and acceptance of new products  
success in gaining product approval in new markets where regulatory approval is required 
successful entry into new markets 
changes in postal or banking regulations 
declining physical mail volumes 
impact on mail volume resulting from current concerns over the use of the mail for transmitting harmful biological agents 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
•  mailers’ utilization of alternative means of communication or competitors’ products 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

our success at managing costs associated with our strategy of outsourcing functions and operations not central to our business 
our success at managing customer credit risk 
third-party suppliers’ ability to provide product components, assemblies or inventories 
negative developments in economic conditions, including adverse impacts on customer demand 
changes in international or national political conditions, including any terrorist attacks 
interrupted use of key information systems 
intellectual property infringement claims 
changes in privacy laws 
significant increases in pension, health care and retiree medical costs 
changes in interest rates and foreign currency fluctuations 
regulatory approvals and satisfaction of other conditions to consummate and integrate any acquisitions 
income tax adjustments or other regulatory levies for prior audit years and changes in tax laws or regulations 
acts of nature 

The  following  discussion  and  analysis  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  our 
Consolidated Financial Statements contained in this report.   

Overview 

In 2011, revenue decreased 3% to $5,278 million compared to the prior year.  Foreign currency translation had a 2% favorable impact 
on revenue.    Excluding  the  effects  of  foreign  currency  translation,  the decrease  in  overall  revenue was  caused by  lower  equipment 
sales  (6%),  supplies  revenue  (5%),  rental  and  financing  revenue  (7%)  and  services  revenue  (4%).    Software  revenue  increased  6% 
compared to the prior year.      

Net income from continuing operations attributable to common stockholders was $351 million, or $1.73 per diluted share for 2011 
compared to $310 million or $1.50 per diluted share for 2010.  These results include the following items:   

• 

In February 2011, our largest mail presort facility located in Dallas, Texas was destroyed by a fire and we were unable to 
process  customer  mail  at  full  capacity  for  a  significant  part  of  the  year.    We  estimate  that  lost  revenue  from  the  fire  was 
approximately $20 million.  Through December 31, 2011, we received $42 million of insurance proceeds, which primarily 
relates to the reimbursement of lost revenue, replacement cost of equipment and additional expenses incurred as a result of 
the  fire.    We  recognized  $27  million  of  insurance  recoveries  in  other  income.    The  new  Dallas  presort  facility  has  now 
reached operational efficiency comparable to the previous facility;   

•  Due to the continuing underperformance and long-term outlook of the International Mailing Services operations (IMS) of our 
Mail Services segment, we recorded aggregate pre-tax goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges of $46 million and 
$12 million, respectively;   

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  Further, based on the results of our annual goodwill impairment review process, we recorded additional pre-tax goodwill and 
intangible asset impairment charges of $84 million and $5 million, respectively related to the international operations of our 
Management Services segment (PBMSi); 

• 

In September 2011, we completed a sale of non-U.S. leveraged lease assets resulting in cash proceeds of $102 million and an 
after-tax gain of $27 million.  

During the year, we entered into a series of settlements with the IRS in connection with its examinations of our tax years 2001-2008 
under which we agreed upon both the tax treatment of a number of disputed issues, including issues related to our Capital Services 
business  that  was  sold  in  2006,  and  revised  tax  calculations.    As  a  result  of  these  settlements,  we  recognized  tax  benefits  of  $90 
million in income from continuing operations and $264 million in discontinued operations.  Our additional liability for tax and interest 
arising from the 2001-2008 IRS examinations was approximately $400 million, which was previously paid through the purchase of tax 
bonds.   

We generated $920 million in cash from operations, which was used primarily to reduce debt by $50 million, repurchase $100 million 
of our common stock, pay $300 million of dividends to our common stockholders and fund capital investments of $156 million.   

Net income attributable to Pitney Bowes was $617 million, or $3.05 per diluted share and included $266 million, or $1.31 per diluted 
share from discontinued operations.   

Outlook  

The  worldwide  economy  and  business  environment  continued  to  be  uncertain  during  2011  and  we  believe  it  will  continue  to  be 
uncertain in 2012.  We anticipate physical mail volumes will continue their gradual decline as alternative means of communications 
evolve and gain further acceptance.  As a result, Small and Medium Business Solutions (SMB) revenue growth should continue to be 
challenged.  We anticipate a gradual improvement in equipment sales in 2012 due, in part, to sales of Connect+TM communications 
systems, but a recovery in SMB revenues will lag any recovery in equipment sales.    We anticipate revenue growth from  increased 
demand for multi-year software licensing agreements, increased placements of production print equipment and continued expansion in 
Mail Services operations will help offset the anticipated decline in SMB revenues. 

We will continue our focus on streamlining our business operations and creating more flexibility in our cost structure.  Our growth 
strategies  will  focus  on  leveraging  our  expertise  in  physical  communications  with  our  expanding  capabilities  in  digital  and  hybrid 
communications.  We will continue to develop and invest in products, software, services and solutions that help customers grow their 
business by more effectively managing their physical and digital communications with their customers.  Over time, we expect our mix 
of revenue to change, with a greater percentage of revenue coming from enterprise related products and solutions.  We also expect to 
roll out other digitally-based products and services but do not expect them to have a significant impact on our revenues for 2012. 

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - 2011 Compared to 2010 

Business segment results 

We  conduct  our  business  activities  in  seven  reporting  segments  within  two  business  groups,  Small  &  Medium  Business  Solutions 
(SMB Solutions) and Enterprise Business Solutions (EB Solutions).  The following table shows revenue and EBIT for each segment in 
2011  and  2010.    Segment  EBIT,  a  non-GAAP  measure,  is  determined  by  deducting  from  segment  revenue  the  related  costs  and 
expenses attributable to the segment.  Segment EBIT excludes interest, taxes, general corporate expenses not allocated to a particular 
business  segment,  restructuring  charges,  asset  impairments,  and  goodwill  charges,  which  are  recognized  on  a  consolidated  basis.  
Management uses segment EBIT to measure profitability and performance at the segment level.  Segment EBIT may not be indicative 
of  our  overall  consolidated  performance  and  therefore,  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  our  consolidated  results  of  operations.  
Refer to Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a reconciliation of segment EBIT to income from continuing operations 
before income taxes.  All table amounts are presented in millions of dollars, unless otherwise stated.  Amounts in the tables below may 
not sum to the total due to rounding. 

2011  

Revenue 
2010  

   $ 

North America Mailing   $ 
International Mailing  
  SMB Solutions 

Production Mail  
Software 
Management Services  
Mail Services  
Marketing Services  
  EB Solutions 

 1,961  
 707  
 2,669  

 544  
 407  
 949  
 567  
 142  
 2,609  

 2,101  
 675  
 2,775  

 561  
 375  
 999  
 573  
 142  
 2,650  

  % change 
(7)% 
5 % 
(4)% 

  $

(3)% 
9 % 
(5)% 
(1)% 
-% 
(2)% 

2011  

EBIT 

2010  

  $ 

 728  
 99  
 827  

 33  
 38  
 76  
 88  
 26  
 261  

 755  
 79  
 834  

 61  
 40  
 93  
 63  
 26  
 283  

   % change 
(4)% 
25 % 
(1)% 

(47)% 
(5)% 
(18)% 
39 % 
-% 
(8)% 

Total  

$ 

 5,278  

   $ 

 5,425  

(3)% 

  $

 1,088  

  $ 

 1,117  

(3)% 

Small & Medium Business Solutions 

Small & Medium Business Solutions revenue decreased 4% to $2,669 million and EBIT decreased 1% to $827 million, compared to 
the  prior  year.    Foreign  currency  translation  had  a  favorable  impact  of  2%  on  revenue.    Within  the  Small  &  Medium  Business 
Solutions group:     

North America Mailing revenue decreased 7% to $1,961 million and EBIT decreased 4% to $728 million, compared to the prior year.  
Foreign currency translation had a less than 1% favorable impact on revenue.  Excluding the effects of foreign currency, equipment 
sales declined 7% as increased concerns about economic conditions resulted in customers delaying purchases of new equipment and 
extending leases of existing equipment.  Lease extensions are profitable transactions but generate less revenue in the current period 
than new equipment sales.  The lagging effects of lower equipment sales in prior periods, fewer meter placements and declining mail 
volumes  contributed  to  declines  in  financing  revenue  (8%),  rental  revenue  (7%),  supplies  revenue  (8%)  and  service  revenue  (4%).  
The decrease in EBIT was primarily due to lower revenues; however, EBIT margin improved as a result of continued productivity 
improvements and lower credit losses. 

International Mailing revenue increased 5% to $707 million compared to the prior year, but included a favorable impact of 6% from 
foreign currency translation.  Excluding the effects of foreign currency, the underlying decrease was primarily due to lower equipment 
sales  in  the  U.K.,  Germany,  the  Asia  Pacific  region  and  Latin  America  due  to  increased  concerns  about  economic  conditions 
throughout the regions.  EBIT increased 25% to $99 million compared to the prior year due to continued productivity improvements.  
Foreign currency translation favorably impacted EBIT by 5%.       

Enterprise Business Solutions 

Enterprise Business Solutions revenue decreased 2% to $2,609 million and EBIT decreased 8% to $261 million, compared to the prior 
year.  Foreign currency translation had a favorable impact of 1% on revenue.  Within the Enterprise Business Solutions group:    

Production Mail revenue decreased 3% to $544 million compared to the prior year.  Foreign currency translation had a positive impact 
of 2%.  Excluding the effects of foreign currency, equipment sales decreased 11% as many enterprise accounts worldwide, especially 

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
in Europe, delayed capital investment commitments.  EBIT decreased 47% to $33 million compared to last year due to lower revenue 
and the expenses incurred in the development of VollyTM, our secure digital mail delivery service.   

Software revenue increased 9% to $407 million compared to the prior year.  Foreign currency translation had a 3% favorable impact 
on revenue and prior year acquisitions accounted for 3% of the increase.  The remaining increase was primarily due to higher licensing 
revenue  in  most  regions,  particularly  North  America  and  Asia  Pacific.    We  continue  to  enter  into  multi-year  software  licensing 
agreements, which will provide improved recurring revenue streams in future periods.  EBIT decreased 5% to $38 million compared 
to last year due to higher selling costs as a percentage of revenue.  Foreign currency had a favorable impact of 7% on EBIT.      

Management Services revenue decreased 5% to $949 million compared to the prior year.  Foreign currency translation had a positive 
impact of 1%.  EBIT decreased 18% to $76 million compared to the prior year.  The decrease in revenue and EBIT was primarily due 
to account contractions and terminations in the U.S. last year and pricing pressure on new business and contract renewals.   

Mail Services revenue decreased 1% to $567 million compared to the prior year primarily due to a reduction in cross-border mail and 
package shipments.  EBIT increased 39% to $88 million compared to the prior year.  EBIT in 2011 includes a benefit of $7 million 
related to the Dallas mail presort facility fire from the insurance recoveries of $27 million recognized in other income net of the lost 
revenue of approximately $20 million.  We expect higher depreciation costs in future years related to the new equipment.  The 2010 
results include a one-time out of period adjustment that reduced revenue by $21 million and EBIT by $16 million.   Excluding the 
impacts of these items, EBIT increased 2%.   

Marketing Services revenue of $142 million and EBIT of $26 million was flat compared to the prior year.     

Revenue and Cost of revenue by source 

The following tables show revenue and cost of revenue by source for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010: 

Revenue by source 

Equipment sales  
Supplies  
Software  
Rentals  
Financing  
Support services  
Business services  
     Total revenue  

Cost of revenue by source 

Cost of equipment sales  
Cost of supplies  
Cost of software  
Cost of rentals  
Financing interest expense 
Cost of support services  
Cost of business services  
     Total cost of revenue 

2011  

2010  

986  
308  
427  
564  
603  
707  
1,684  
5,278  

$

$

1,023  
318  
390  
601  
638  
712  
1,744  
5,425  

   % change 
(4)% 
(3)% 
9 % 
(6)% 
(6)% 
(1)% 
(3)% 
(3)% 

2011  

2010  

449  
97  
99  
125  
88  
453  
1,304  
2,615  

  $

  $

469  
97  
93  
141  
88  
452  
1,337  
2,678  

Percentage of Revenue 
2010  
2011  

45.6% 
31.6% 
23.2% 
22.2% 
14.5% 
64.1% 
77.4% 
49.6% 

45.9% 
30.5% 
23.9% 
23.6% 
13.8% 
63.5% 
76.7% 
49.4% 

$

$

$

$

Equipment sales 
Equipment sales revenue decreased 4% to $986 million compared to the prior year.  Foreign currency translation had a positive impact 
of 2%.  Equipment sales continue to be impacted by many customers delaying capital investment commitments and extending leases 
of existing equipment.  Cost of equipment sales as a percentage of revenue improved to 45.6% compared with 45.9% in the prior year 
due to the mix of higher margin product sales and lease extensions. 

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplies 
Supplies revenue decreased 3% to $308 million compared to the prior year due to reduced mail volumes and fewer installed meters 
worldwide.    Foreign  currency  translation  had  a  2%  favorable  impact.    Cost  of  supplies  as  a  percentage  of  revenue  was  31.6% 
compared with 30.5% in the prior year primarily due to the mix of lower margin supply sales worldwide. 

Software 
Software  revenue  increased  9%  to  $427  million  compared  to  the  prior  year,  with  prior  year  acquisitions  and  foreign  currency 
translation each contributing 3% of the increase.  The remaining underlying increase of 3% was due to higher licensing revenue.  Cost 
of software as a percentage of revenue improved to 23.2% compared with 23.9% in the prior year due to the increase in high margin 
licensing revenue.   

Rentals 
Rentals revenue decreased 6% to $564 million compared to the prior year as customers in the U.S. continue to downsize to smaller, 
fully featured machines and fewer installed meters worldwide.  Foreign currency translation had a 1% positive impact.  Cost of rentals 
as a percentage of revenue improved to 22.2% compared with 23.6% in the prior year primarily due to lower depreciation associated 
with higher levels of lease extensions. 

Financing 
Financing revenue decreased 6% to $603 million compared to the prior year due to lower equipment sales in prior periods.  Foreign 
currency  translation  had  a  1%  positive  impact.    Financing  interest  expense  as  a  percentage  of  revenue  was  14.5%  compared  with 
13.8% in the prior year due to higher overall effective interest rates.  In computing financing interest expense, which represents the 
cost of borrowing associated with the generation of financing revenues, we assume a 10:1 leveraging ratio of debt to equity and apply 
our overall effective interest rate to the average outstanding finance receivables. 

Support Services 
Support  services  revenue  decreased  1%  to  $707  million  compared  to  the  prior  year  driven  by  lower  new  equipment  placements 
worldwide.  Foreign currency translation had a positive impact of 2%.  Cost of support services as a percentage of revenue increased 
to 64.1% compared with 63.5% in the prior year primarily due to due to an increase in installations of high-end integrated mailing 
systems. 

Business Services 
Business  services  revenue  decreased  3%  to  $1,684  million  compared  to  the  prior  year  primarily  due  to  the  loss  of  several  large 
contracts  in  2010.    Foreign  currency  translation  had  a  1%  favorable  impact.    Cost  of  business  services  as  a  percentage  of  revenue 
increased to 77.4% compared with 76.7% in the prior year primarily due to lower revenues, higher shipping costs in the International 
Mail Services operations, and pricing pressure on new business and contract renewals.      

Selling, general and administrative (SG&A)  

SG&A expenses decreased $29 million; however, excluding the impacts of foreign currency translation and prior year acquisitions, 
SG&A expenses decreased $72 million, or 4% primarily due to process improvements and cost saving initiatives.  As a percentage of 
revenue, SG&A expenses were 32.8% compared to 32.5% in the prior year.   

Research and development  

Research and development expenses decreased $8 million, or 5% from the prior year due to lower cost of offshore development, cost 
reduction initiatives and a reduction in development work for Connect+TM.   

Goodwill and intangible asset impairment 

Aggregate goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges were $130 million and $17 million, respectively.  The intangible asset 
impairment  charges  are  included  in  restructuring  charges  and  asset  impairments  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income.    See 
Critical Accounting Estimates in this MD&A and Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details. 

Other income, net 

Other income, net of $20 million reflects the $27 million of insurance reimbursements recognized in other income in connection with 
claims associated with the fire at the Dallas presort mail facility and a pre-tax loss of $7 million on the sale of non-U.S. leveraged 
lease assets.   

Income taxes / effective tax rate 

The effective tax rates for 2011 and 2010 were 10.8% and 38.5%, respectively.  The effective tax rate for 2011 includes $90 million of 
tax benefits arising from the IRS tax settlements, a $34 million tax benefit from the aforementioned sale of non-U.S. leveraged lease 
assets and a $4 million charge from the write-off of deferred tax assets associated with the expiration of out-of-the-money vested stock 
15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
options and the vesting of restricted stock units previously granted to our employees.  In addition, the effective tax rate for 2011 was 
increased due to a reduced tax benefit associated with the goodwill impairment charges. 

The effective tax rate for 2010 includes $16 million of tax benefits associated with previously unrecognized deferred taxes on outside 
basis  differences,  a  $15  million  charge  for  the  write-off  of  deferred  tax  assets  associated  with  the  expiration  of  out-of-the-money 
vested  stock  options  and  the  vesting  of  restricted  stock  units  previously  granted  to  our  employees  and  a  $9  million  charge  for  the 
write-off of deferred tax assets related to the U.S. health care reform legislation that eliminated the tax deduction for retiree health care 
costs to the extent of federal subsidies received by companies that provide retiree prescription drug benefits equivalent to Medicare 
Part D coverage.   

Discontinued operations 

See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Preferred stock dividends of subsidiaries attributable to noncontrolling interests 

See Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

16

 
 
 
 
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - 2010 Compared to 2009 

Business segment results 

The following table shows revenue and EBIT in 2010 and 2009 by business segment.   

2010  

Revenue 
2009  

   $ 

North America Mailing   $ 
International Mailing  
  SMB Solutions 

Production Mail  
Software 
Management Services  
Mail Services  
Marketing Services  
  EB Solutions 

 2,101  
 675  
 2,775  

 561  
 375  
 999  
 573  
 142  
 2,650  

 2,211  
 698  
 2,909  

 531  
 356  
 1,061  
 571  
 141  
 2,660  

  % change 
(5)% 
(3)% 
(5)% 

  $

6 % 
5 % 
(6)% 
-% 
-% 
-% 

2010  

EBIT 

2009  

  $ 

 755  
 79  
 834  

 61  
 40  
 93  
 63  
 26  
 283  

 770  
 99  
 869  

 52  
 34  
 72  
 88  
 23  
 268  

  % change 
(2)% 
(20)% 
(4)% 

18 % 
18 % 
28 % 
(28)% 
14 % 
5 % 

Total  

$ 

 5,425  

   $ 

 5,569  

(3)% 

  $

 1,117  

  $ 

 1,138  

(2)% 

Small & Medium Business Solutions 

Small & Medium Business Solutions revenue decreased 5% to $2,775 million and EBIT decreased 4% to $834 million, compared to 
the prior year.  Within the Small & Medium Business Solutions group:    

North America Mailing revenue decreased 5% to $2,101 million and EBIT decreased 2% to $755 million, compared to the prior year.  
The  revenue  decrease  was  driven  primarily  by  lower  financing,  rental,  service  and  supplies  revenues.    The  decrease  in  financing 
revenue  is  due  to  a  decline  in  our  leasing  portfolio  from  reduced  equipment  sales  in  recent  years.    Rental,  supplies  and  service 
revenues were lower than prior year due to fewer placements of new meters.  Equipment sales and supplies revenue were lower than 
prior year due to business consolidations, lease extensions and reduced volumes of mail processed.  Lease extensions have a positive 
impact on profit margins longer-term but negatively impact equipment sales revenue in the current year.  Revenue was also adversely 
affected by the ongoing changing mix to more fully featured smaller systems.  Foreign currency translation had a 1% favorable impact 
on revenue.  The lower EBIT was due to the decline in higher margin financing, rental and supplies revenues, which more than offset 
the 1% impact from a favorable adjustment related to certain leveraged lease transactions in Canada. 

International Mailing revenue decreased 3% to $675 million compared to the prior year, including a favorable impact from foreign 
currency translation of 1%.  While equipment sales were up slightly in certain parts of Europe, this increase was offset by continued 
declines  in  financing  and  rental  revenues  due  to  reduced  equipment  sales  in  recent  years.    EBIT  decreased  20%  to  $79  million 
compared to prior year primarily due to the lower revenue and shift to lower margin equipment and supplies sales.   

Enterprise Business Solutions 

Enterprise Business Solutions revenue was flat at $2,650 million and EBIT increased 5% to $283 million, compared to the prior year.  
Within the Enterprise Business Solutions group:    

Production Mail revenue increased 6% over the prior year to $561 million due to increased demand in the U.S. for inserting equipment 
and our first installations of production print equipment.  Demand for inserting equipment continued to experience a delayed recovery 
in certain countries outside of North America as many large enterprises in these regions delayed capital expenditures due to economic 
uncertainty.    EBIT  increased  18%  to  $61  million  compared  to  last  year  due  to  the  higher  revenue  and  our  initiatives  to  improve 
productivity and consolidate administrative functions.  Foreign currency translation had a 1% favorable impact on EBIT.   

Software revenue increased 5% over last year to $375 million, driven by the acquisition of Portrait Software (4%) and the favorable 
impact  of  foreign  currency  translation  (1%).    We  continue  to  build  more  recurring  revenue  streams  through  multi-year  licensing 
agreements, which have the effect of deferring some revenue to future periods.  EBIT increased 18% over last year to $40 million due 
to  business  integration  and  productivity  initiatives.    EBIT  was  negatively  impacted  by  transaction-related  fees  of  approximately  $2 
million associated with the Portrait acquisition.  Foreign currency translation had a less than 1% favorable impact on EBIT.   

Management Services revenue decreased 6% compared to last year to $999 million due to the loss of several large postal contracts and 
decreased print volumes.  Despite the lower revenues, EBIT increased 28% over the prior year to $93 million primarily due to our 

17

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
actions to align costs with changing volumes through a more variable cost infrastructure, ongoing productivity initiatives and a focus 
on more profitable contracts.  Foreign currency translation had a less than 1% impact on both revenue and EBIT.   

Mail  Services  revenue  was  flat  compared  to  last  year  at  $573  million,  while  EBIT  decreased  28%  to  $63  million.    Mail  Services 
revenue and EBIT were adversely impacted by $21 million and $16 million, respectively, due to a one-time out of period adjustment 
in  the  International  Mail  Services  portion  of  the  business  primarily  related  to  a  correction  to  the  rates  used  to  estimate  earned  but 
unbilled  revenue  for  the  periods  2007  through  the  first  quarter  of  2010.    The  impact  of  this  adjustment  was  not  material  on  any 
individual quarter or year during these periods.  Excluding the impact of this adjustment, revenue increased 4% over the prior year, but 
EBIT  decreased  11%.    The  revenue  increase  was  driven  partially  by  increased  volumes  of  presort  mail  and  Standard  Class  mail 
processed and acquisitions (2%).  The decrease in EBIT was driven by higher shipping rates charged by international carriers for our 
International Mail Services business, which more than offset the favorable margin impacts in our Presort business.  

Marketing  Services  revenue  of  $142  million  was  flat  compared  to  the  prior  year.    Revenue  was  impacted  by  increased  vendor 
advertising for Movers’ Source kits offset by a decline in household moves compared to prior year.  EBIT increased 14% over last 
year due to more profitable vendor revenue per transaction. 

Revenues and cost of revenues by source 

The following tables show revenues and costs of revenues by source for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009: 

Revenue by source 

Equipment sales  
Supplies  
Software  
Rentals  
Financing  
Support services  
Business services  
    Total revenue  

Cost of revenue by source 

Cost of equipment sales  
Cost of supplies  
Cost of software  
Cost of rentals  
Financing interest expense 
Cost of support services  
Cost of business services  
    Total cost of revenue 

2010  

2009  

 1,023  
 318  
 390  
 601  
 638  
 712  
 1,744  
 5,425  

$

$

 1,000  
 336  
 372  
 647  
 694  
 714  
 1,805  
 5,569  

   % change 
2 % 
(5)% 
5 % 
(7)% 
(8)% 
- % 
(3)% 
(3)% 

2010  

2009  

469  
97  
93  
141  
88  
452  
1,337  
2,678  

  $

  $

450  
94  
88  
159  
98  
467  
1,382  
2,738  

Percentage of Revenue 
2009  
2010  

45.9% 
30.5% 
23.9% 
23.6% 
13.8% 
63.5% 
76.7% 
49.4% 

45.0% 
27.9% 
23.7% 
24.5% 
14.1% 
65.4% 
76.6% 
49.2% 

$

$

$

$

Equipment sales 
Equipment  sales  revenue  increased  2%  to  $1,023  million  compared  to  the  prior  year.    Foreign  currency  translation  had  a  positive 
impact of 1%.  The growth was primarily driven by higher sales of production mail equipment in the U.S. and higher equipment sales 
in Canada and parts of Europe.  Period revenue was adversely affected by lease extensions.  Cost of equipment sales as a percentage 
of  revenue  was  45.9%  compared  with  45.0%  in  the  prior  year,  primarily  due  to  the  higher  mix  of  lower  margin  production  mail 
equipment  sales,  which  more  than  offset  the  positive  impacts  of  higher  levels  of  lease  extensions  and  ongoing  productivity 
improvements. 

Supplies 
Supplies  revenue  decreased  5%  to  $318  million  compared  to  the  prior  year  due  to  lower  supplies  usage  resulting  from  lower  mail 
volumes  and  fewer  installed  meters  due  to  customer  consolidations  worldwide.    Foreign  currency  translation  had  less  than  a  1% 
favorable impact.  Cost of supplies as a percentage of revenue was 30.5% compared with 27.9% in the prior year primarily due to the 
increasing mix of lower margin non-compatible supplies sales worldwide. 

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Software 
Software  revenue  increased  5%  to  $390  million  compared  to  the  prior  year.    The  acquisition  of  Portrait  accounted  for  4%  of  the 
increase and foreign currency translation accounted for 1% of the increase.  Period revenue growth was also negatively impacted by 
the  shift  to  recurring  revenue  streams  through  multi-year  licensing  agreements.    Cost  of  software  as  a  percentage  of  revenue  was 
23.9% compared to 23.7% in the prior year. 

Rentals 
Rentals revenue decreased 7% to $601 million compared to the prior year as customers in the U.S. continue to downsize to smaller, 
fully featured machines.  The weak economic conditions have also impacted our international rental markets, specifically in France.  
Foreign currency translation had less than a 1% positive impact.  Cost of rentals as a percentage of revenue was 23.6% compared with 
24.5% in the prior year.  Rental margins have been positively impacted by lower depreciation associated with higher levels of lease 
extensions. 

Financing 
Financing revenue decreased 8% to $638 million compared to the prior year as lower equipment sales in previous years have resulted 
in a net decline in both our U.S. and international lease portfolios.  Foreign currency translation had a 1% positive impact.  Financing 
interest expense as a percentage of revenue was 13.8% compared with 14.1% in the prior year due to lower interest rates and lower 
average  borrowings.    In  computing  financing  interest  expense,  we  assume  a  10:1  leveraging  ratio  of  debt  to  equity  and  apply  our 
overall effective interest rate to the average outstanding finance receivables. 

Support Services 
Support  services  revenue  of  $712  million  was  flat  compared  to  the  prior  year.    Growth  has  been  negatively  impacted  by  lower 
placements of mailing equipment, primarily in the U.S., U.K. and France.  Foreign currency translation had a positive impact of 1%.  
Cost  of  support  services  as  a  percentage  of  revenue  improved  to  63.5%  compared  with  65.4%  in  the  prior  year  due  to  margin 
improvements from our ongoing productivity investments in the U.S. and International Mailing and Production Mail businesses.   

Business Services 
Business services revenue decreased 3% to $1,744 million compared to the prior year primarily due to the loss of several large postal 
contracts  and  print  volumes  at  Management  Services.    Foreign  currency  translation  had  less  than  a  1%  negative  impact.    Cost  of 
business services as a percentage of revenue was 76.7% compared with 76.6% in the prior year.  Positive impacts of cost reduction 
programs at our Management Services and Presort businesses were offset by higher shipping costs in International Mail Services.     

Selling, general and administrative (SG&A)  

SG&A  expenses  decreased  $40  million,  or  2%  primarily  as  a  result  of  our  cost  reduction  initiatives.    Businesses  acquired  in  2010 
increased SG&A by $15 million and foreign currency translation had a less than 1% unfavorable impact.  As a percentage of revenue, 
SG&A expenses were 32.5% compared to 32.3% in the prior year.   

Research and development  

Research  and  development  expenses  decreased  $26  million,  or  14%  from  the  prior  year  due  to  the  wind-down  of  redundant  costs 
related to our transition to offshore development activities and the launch of the new Connect+TM mailing system.  Foreign currency 
translation had an unfavorable impact of 1%.  As a percentage of revenue, research and development expenses were 2.9% compared to 
3.3% in the prior year. 

Income taxes / effective tax rate 

The effective tax rates for 2010 and 2009 were 38.5% and 34.6%, respectively.  The effective tax rate for 2010 included $16 million 
of tax benefits associated with previously unrecognized deferred taxes on outside basis differences, a $15 million charge for the write-
off of deferred tax assets associated with the expiration of out-of-the-money vested stock options and the vesting of restricted stock 
units previously granted to our employees and a $9 million charge for the write-off of deferred tax assets related to the U.S. health 
care  reform  legislation  that  eliminated  the  tax  deduction  for  retiree  health  care  costs  to  the  extent  of  federal  subsidies  received  by 
companies that provide retiree prescription drug benefits equivalent to Medicare Part D coverage.   

The effective tax rate for 2009 included $13 million of tax charges related to the write-off of deferred tax assets associated with the 
expiration  of  out-of-the-money  vested  stock  options  and  the  vesting  of  restricted  stock,  offset  by  $13  million  of  tax  benefits  from 
retirement of intercompany obligations and the repricing of leveraged lease transactions.   

Discontinued operations 

See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock dividends of subsidiaries attributable to noncontrolling interests 

See Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion. 

Restructuring Charges and Asset Impairments 

Restructuring charges and asset impairments were $148 million, $182 million and $49 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 
2010 and 2009, respectively.  See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion. 

In 2009, we announced that we were undertaking a series of strategic transformation initiatives designed to transform and enhance the 
way  we  operate  as  a  global  company  (the  2009  Program).    The  program  aims  to  enhance  our  responsiveness  to  changing  market 
conditions  and  create  improved  processes  and  systems  to  further  enable  us  to  invest  in  future  growth  in  areas  such  as  our  global 
customer interactions and product development processes.  Total pre-tax costs for this program were approximately $385 million.  At 
the end of 2011, the 2009 Program is substantially completed and annualized run-rate net benefits of this program are projected to be 
approximately $300 million in 2012.  We do not anticipate any further significant charges under this program.  Most of the costs were 
cash-related charges.  The majority of the remaining restructuring payments are expected to be paid over the next 12 – 24 months.  
Due to certain international labor laws and long-term lease agreements, some payments will extend beyond 24 months.  We expect 
that cash flows from operations will be sufficient to fund these payments.   

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

We believe that cash flow from operations, existing cash and investments, as well as borrowing capacity under our commercial paper 
program  should  be  sufficient  to  support  our  business  operations,  interest  and  dividend  payments,  share  repurchases,  capital 
expenditures, and to cover customer deposits.  We have the ability to supplement this short-term liquidity, if necessary, and fund the 
long-term  needs  of  our  business  through  broad  access  to  capital  markets,  a  credit  line  facility,  and  our  effective  shelf  registration 
statement.  At December 31, 2011, cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments on hand were $869 million. 

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  held  by  our  foreign  subsidiaries  are  generally  used  to  support  the  liquidity  needs  of  these  subsidiaries.  
Most of these amounts could be repatriated to the United States but would be subject to additional taxes.  Repatriation of some foreign 
balances  is  restricted  by  local  laws.    It  is  our  intention  to  permanently  reinvest  substantially  all  of  these  funds  in  our  foreign 
operations.  Cash and cash equivalents held by our foreign subsidiaries at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $538 million and $166 
million, respectively.   

We  continuously  review  our liquidity  profile  through published  credit  ratings  and  the  credit  default  swap  market.    We  monitor  the 
creditworthiness  of  those  banks  acting  as  derivative  counterparties,  depository  banks  or  credit  providers.    There  has  not  been  a 
material variation in the underlying sources of cash flows currently used to finance the operations of the Company.  To date, we have 
had consistent access to the commercial paper market. 

Cash Flow Summary 

The change in cash and cash equivalents is as follows: 

Net cash provided by operating activities  
Net cash used in investing activities  
Net cash used in financing activities  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash  
Increase in cash and cash equivalents  

2011  

2010  

2009  

$

$

 920  
 (89) 
 (455) 
 (5) 
 372  

$

$

 952  
 (301) 
 (580) 
 1  
 72  

   $ 

   $ 

 824  
 (172) 
 (626) 
 10  
 36  

2011 Cash Flows 
Net cash provided by operating activities consists primarily of net income adjusted for non-cash items and changes in operating assets 
and liabilities.  A decrease in finance receivables contributed $190 million of cash as cash collections exceeded the financing of new 
business and a decrease in accounts receivables contributed $59 million in cash primarily due to improved cash collections in excess 
of  new  billings.    The  decrease  in  current  and  non-current  income  taxes  of  $258  million  includes  the  tax  benefits  recognized  in 
connection  with  the  2001-2008  IRS  tax  settlements.    Cash  flow  from  operations  also  includes  a  special  contribution  to  our  U.S. 
pension plan of $123 million and restructuring payments of $107 million. 

Net cash used in investing activities consisted of capital expenditures of $156 million for property, plant and equipment and rental 
equipment and related inventories and the net purchase of investment securities of $68 million partially offset by the proceeds from 
the sale of non-U.S. leveraged lease assets of $102 million.   

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
Net cash used in financing activities consisted primarily of dividends paid to common stockholders of $300 million, a net decrease in 
commercial paper borrowings of $50 million and the repurchase of $100 million of our common stock.    

2010 Cash Flows 
Net cash provided by operating activities included $180 million and $43 million from decreases in finance receivables and accounts 
receivables, respectively.  Finance receivables declined as strong cash collections exceed the financing of new business and equipment 
sales have declined.  Accounts receivables declined primarily due to strong cash collections in excess of new billings.  Cash flow also 
benefited  from  the  proceeds  of  $32  million  from  the  unwinding  of  interest  rate  swaps  and  by  $29  million  due  to  the  timing  of 
payments of accounts payable and accrued liabilities.  Partially offsetting these benefits were restructuring payments of $120 million 
and an increase in inventory of $12 million.  

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  consisted  primarily  of  the  net  purchase  of  investment  securities  of  $122  million,  capital 
expenditures of $120 million for property, plant and equipment and rental equipment and related inventories and acquisitions of $78 
million.   

Net  cash  used  in  financing  activities  primarily  included  a  net  decrease  in  commercial  paper  borrowings  of  $171  million,  stock 
repurchases of $100 million and dividends paid to common stockholders of $302 million. 

2009 Cash Flows 
Net  cash  flow  provided  by  operating  activities  included  $207  million  and  $84  million  from  decreases  in  finance  receivables  and 
accounts receivables, respectively, primarily due to lower sales volumes, and an increase in current and non-current income taxes of 
$80  million  due  to  the  timing  of  tax  payments.    These  cash  inflows  were  partially  offset  by  a  reduction  in  accounts  payable  and 
accrued  liabilities  of  $127  million,  primarily  due  to  timing  of  payments,  voluntary  pension  plan  contributions  of  $125  million  and 
restructuring payments of $105 million. 

Net cash used in investing activities consisted primarily of capital expenditures of $167 million for property, plant and equipment and 
rental equipment and related inventories.   

Net cash used in financing activities consisted primarily of dividends paid to common stockholders of $298 million, a net reduction in 
debt of $242 million, and a net cash outflow associated with the issuance and redemption of preferred stock issued by a subsidiary of 
$79 million. 

Financings and Capitalization 

We  are  a  Well-Known  Seasoned  Issuer  with  the  SEC,  which  allows  us  to  issue  debt  securities,  preferred  stock,  preference  stock, 
common  stock,  purchase  contracts,  depositary  shares,  warrants  and  units  in  an  expedited  fashion.    We  have  a  commercial  paper 
program that is an important source of liquidity for us and a committed line of credit of $1.25 billion to support our commercial paper 
issuances.    The  line  of  credit  expires  in  2013.    We  have  not  experienced  any  problems  to  date  in  accessing  the  commercial  paper 
market.  As of December 31, 2011, we have not drawn upon the line of credit.   

During the year, we entered into two interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional value of $450 million to effectively 
convert the fixed rate interest payments on our $450 million 4.875% notes due in 2014 into variable rates.  Under the terms of these 
agreements,  we  pay  a  weighted-average  variable  rate  based  on  three-month  LIBOR  plus  305  basis  points  and  receive  fixed  rate 
payments of 4.875%.   

In 2010, we unwound two interest rate swaps that effectively converted the fixed rate payments on the $250 million 5.6% notes due in 
2018  into  variable  rates,  and  received  $32  million,  excluding  accrued  interest.    This  amount  is  being  recognized  as  a  reduction  in 
interest expense over the remaining term of the notes.  The transaction was not undertaken for liquidity purposes, but rather to fix our 
effective interest rate at 3.7% for the remaining term of the notes.   

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2012,  $550  million  of  long-term  debt  is  scheduled  to  mature.    We  are  currently  evaluating  available 
options, including using available cash to repay some of this debt.  We may also refinance some or all of this amount with short-term 
borrowings under our commercial paper program or through the issuance of long-term debt. 

At December 31, 2011, there was no outstanding commercial paper.  During the year, commercial paper borrowings averaged $138 
million at a weighted-average interest rate of 0.22% and the maximum amount of commercial paper outstanding at any point in time 
was $450 million.  In 2010, commercial paper borrowings averaged $347 million at a weighted-average interest rate of 0.23% and the 
maximum amount of commercial paper outstanding at any point in time was $552 million.   

In January 2012, we contributed $85 million to our U.S. pension plan and $10 million to our foreign pension plans.  We anticipate 
making  additional  contributions  of  approximately  $15  million  and  $20  million  to  our  U.S.  and  foreign  pension  plans,  respectively 
during 2012.  We will reassess our funding alternatives as the year progresses.     

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In February 2012, we signed an agreement to sell certain leveraged lease assets to the lessee for $105 million.  We expect to recognize 
an after-tax gain, which will be finalized in the first quarter of 2012. 

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

The following summarizes our known contractual obligations and off-balance sheet arrangements at December 31, 2011 and the effect 
that such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods: 

Long-term debt 
Interest payments on debt (1) 
Non-cancelable operating lease obligations  
Capital lease obligations  
Purchase obligations (2) 
Other non-current liabilities (3) 
Total  

$ 

$ 

Payments due by period 

Total 

 4,175  
 1,392  
 259  
 6  
 271  
 738  
 6,841  

  $

  $

Less than  
1 year 

1-3 years 

3-5 years 

More than 
5 years 

 550  
 189  
 92  
 3  
 197  
 -  
 1,031  

  $

  $

 825  
 330  
 103  
 3  
 64  
 120  
 1,445  

   $ 

   $ 

 900  
 239  
 42  
 -  
 10  
 50  
 1,241  

  $

  $

 1,900  
 634  
 22  
 -  
 -  
 568  
 3,124  

The amount and period of future payments related to our income tax uncertainties cannot be reliably estimated and are not included in 
the above table.  See Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.   

(1)  Interest payments on debt includes interest on our $500 million 5.25% notes due in 2037.  This note contains an option that gives 
bondholders the right to redeem the notes, in whole or in part, at par plus accrued interest, in January 2017.  If all $500 million of 
the  notes  are  redeemed,  interest  payments  in  the  more  than  five  years  column  would  be  $525  million  lower  than  the  amount 
shown in the table above.   

(2)  Purchase obligations include unrecorded agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding upon 
us and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price 
provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction.  Purchase obligations exclude agreements that are cancelable without 
penalty. 

(3)  Other non-current liabilities relate primarily to our postretirement benefits.  See Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Critical Accounting Estimates 

The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the 
reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and accompanying disclosures, including the disclosure of contingent assets 
and liabilities.  These estimates and assumptions are based on management’s best knowledge of current events, historical experience, 
and other information available when the financial statements are prepared.   

The  accounting  policies  below  have  been  identified  by  management  as  those  accounting  policies  that  are  critical  to  our  business 
operations and to the understanding of our results of operations.  Management believes that the estimates and assumptions used in the 
accounting policies below are reasonable and appropriate based on the information available at the time the financial statements were 
prepared;  however,  actual  results  could  differ  from  those  estimates  and  assumptions.    See  Note  1  to  the  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements for a summary of our accounting policies.   

Revenue recognition 

Multiple element and internal financing arrangements 

We  derive  our  revenue  from  multiple  sources  including  sales,  rentals,  financing  and  services.    Certain  of  our  transactions  are 
consummated  at  the  same  time  and  can  therefore  generate  revenue  from  multiple  sources.    The  most  common  form  of  these 
transactions  involves  a  sale  of  non-cancelable  lease  of  equipment,  a  meter  rental  and  an  equipment  maintenance  agreement.    As  a 
result, we are required to determine whether the deliverables in a multiple element arrangement should be treated as separate units of 
accounting for revenue recognition purposes, and if so, how the price should be allocated among the delivered elements and when to 
recognize revenue for each element. 

In multiple element arrangements, revenue is recognized for each of the elements based on their respective fair values. We recognize 
revenue  for  delivered  elements  only  when  the  fair  values  of  undelivered  elements  are  known  and  uncertainties  regarding  customer 

22

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
acceptance are resolved.  The allocation of fair values to the various elements does not change the total revenue recognized from a 
transaction,  but  impacts  the  timing  of  revenue  recognition.    Revenue  is  allocated  to  the  meter  rental  and  equipment  maintenance 
agreement  elements  using  their  respective  fair  values,  which  are  determined  based  on  prices  charged  in  standalone  and  renewal 
transactions.  For a sale transaction, revenue is allocated to the equipment based on a range of selling prices in standalone transactions.  
For a lease transaction, revenue is allocated to the equipment based on the present value of the remaining minimum lease payments.  
We  then  compare  the  allocated  equipment  fair  value  to  the  range  of  selling  prices  in  standalone  transactions  during  the  period  to 
ensure the allocated equipment fair value approximates average selling prices.   

We provide lease financing for our products primarily through sales-type leases.  The vast majority of our leases qualify as sales-type 
leases  using  the  present  value  of  minimum  lease  payments  classification  criteria.    We  believe  that  our  sales-type  lease  portfolio 
contains only normal collection risk.  Accordingly, we record the fair value of equipment as sales revenue, the cost of equipment as 
cost of sales and the minimum lease payments plus the estimated residual value as finance receivables.  The difference between the 
finance receivable and the equipment fair value is recorded as unearned income and is amortized as income over the lease term using 
the interest method. 

Equipment residual values are determined at inception of the lease using estimates of equipment fair value at the end of the lease term.  
Estimates of future equipment fair value are based primarily on our historical experience.  We also consider forecasted supply and 
demand  for  our  various  products,  product  retirement  and  future  product  launch  plans,  end  of  lease  customer  behavior,  regulatory 
changes, remanufacturing strategies, used equipment markets, if any, competition and technological changes.  We evaluate residual 
values on an annual basis or as changes to the above considerations occur. 

Allowances for doubtful accounts and credit losses 

Allowance for doubtful accounts 
We estimate our accounts receivable risks and provide allowances for doubtful accounts accordingly.  We believe that our credit risk 
for accounts receivable is limited because of our large number of customers, small account balances for most of our customers and 
customer  geographic  and  industry  diversification.    We  evaluate  the  adequacy  of  the  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  based  on 
historical loss experience, length of time receivables are past due, adverse situations that may affect a customer’s ability to pay and 
prevailing  economic  conditions,  and  make  adjustments  to  the  reserves  as  necessary.    This  evaluation  is  inherently  subjective  and 
actual results may differ significantly from estimated reserves. 

Allowance for credit losses 
We  estimate  our  finance  receivable risks  and  provide  allowances  for  credit  losses  accordingly.   We establish  credit  approval  limits 
based on the credit quality of the customer and the type of equipment financed.  We believe that our concentration of credit risk for 
finance  receivables  is  limited  because  of  our  large  number  of  customers,  small  account  balances  for  most  of  our  customers  and 
customer geographic and industry diversification.  Our policy is to discontinue revenue recognition for lease receivables that are more 
than 120 days past due and for unsecured loan receivables that are more than 90 days past due.  We resume revenue recognition when 
payments  reduce  the  account  to  60  days  or  less  past  due.    We  evaluate  the  adequacy  of  the  allowance  for  credit  losses  based  on 
historical loss experience, the nature and volume of our portfolios, adverse situations that may affect a customer’s ability to pay and 
prevailing  economic  conditions,  and  make  adjustments  to  the  reserves  as  necessary.    This  evaluation  is  inherently  subjective  and 
actual results may differ significantly from estimated reserves. 

Accounting for income taxes 

We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions.  Our annual tax rate is based on our income, statutory 
tax  rates,  tax  reserve  changes  and  tax  planning  opportunities  available  to  us  in  the  various  jurisdictions  in  which  we  operate. 
Significant judgment is required in determining our annual tax rate and in evaluating our tax positions.   

We regularly assess the likelihood of tax adjustments in each of the tax jurisdictions in which we have operations and account for the 
related financial statement implications.  Tax reserves have been established which we believe to be appropriate given the possibility 
of  tax  adjustments.    Determining  the  appropriate  level  of  tax  reserves  requires  us  to  exercise  judgment  regarding  the  uncertain 
application of tax laws.  The amount of reserves is adjusted when information becomes available or when an event occurs indicating a 
change  in  the  reserve  is  appropriate.    Future  changes  in  tax  reserve  requirements  could  have  a  material  impact  on  our  results  of 
operations.   

Significant  judgment  is  also  required  in  determining  any  valuation  allowance  recorded  against  deferred  tax  assets.  In  assessing  the 
need for a valuation allowance, we consider all available evidence for each jurisdiction including past operating results, estimates of 
future taxable income and the feasibility of ongoing tax planning strategies.  As new information becomes available that would alter 
our determination as to the amount of deferred tax assets that will ultimately be realized, we adjust the valuation allowance with a 
corresponding impact to income tax expense in the period in which such determination is made.  

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Useful lives of long-lived assets 

We depreciate property, plant and equipment and rental property and equipment principally using the straight-line method over the 
estimated  useful  lives  of  up  to  50  years  for  buildings,  three  to  15  years  for  machinery  and  equipment,  four  to  six  years  for  rental 
equipment and three to five years for computer equipment.  We amortize properties leased under capital leases on a straight-line basis 
over  the  primary  lease  term.    We  amortize  capitalized  costs  related  to  internally  developed  software  using  the  straight-line  method 
over  the  estimated  useful  life,  which  is  principally  three  to  10  years.    Intangible  assets  with  finite  lives  are  amortized  using  the 
straight-line method or an accelerated attrition method over their estimated useful lives, which are principally three to 15 years.  Our 
estimates of useful lives could be affected by changes in regulatory provisions, technology or business plans.  Changes to the assets’ 
estimated useful lives could have a material impact on our results of operations. 

Impairment review 

Long-lived  and  intangible  assets  are  reviewed  for  impairment  on  an  annual  basis  or  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances 
indicate that the carrying amount may not be fully recoverable.  If such a change in circumstances occurs, the related estimated future 
undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition is compared to the carrying amount.  
We derive the cash flow estimates from our future long-term business plans and historical experience.  If the sum of the expected cash 
flows is less than the carrying amount, an impairment charge is recorded.  The impairment charge is measured as the amount by which 
the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the asset.  The fair value of the impaired asset is determined using probability weighted 
expected  discounted  cash  flow  estimates,  quoted  market  prices  when  available  and  appraisals,  as  appropriate.    Changes  in  the 
estimates and assumptions incorporated in our impairment assessment could materially affect the determination of fair value and the 
associated impairment charge.   

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment, during the fourth quarter, or sooner when circumstances indicate an impairment may exist 
at the reporting unit level.  The impairment test for goodwill is a two-step approach.  In the first step, the fair value of each reporting 
unit is compared to the reporting unit’s carrying value, including goodwill.  If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying 
value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment, if any.  In the second step, 
the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit as if it had been acquired in a business 
combination and the purchase price was equivalent to the fair value of the reporting unit.  The excess of the fair value of the reporting 
unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is referred to as the implied fair value of goodwill.  The implied fair value of 
the reporting unit’s goodwill is then compared to the actual carrying value of goodwill.  If the implied fair value of goodwill is less 
than the carrying value of goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference. 

Significant estimates and assumptions used in our goodwill impairment review include the identification of reporting units, assigning 
assets and liabilities to reporting units, assigning goodwill to reporting units and determining the fair value of each reporting unit.  The 
fair value of each reporting unit is determined based on a combination of techniques, including the present value of future cash flows, 
applicable multiples of competitors and multiples from sales of like businesses, and requires us to make estimates and assumptions 
regarding discount  rates,  growth  rates,  and  our  future  long-term  business  plans.    Changes  in  any  of  these  estimates  or  assumptions 
could materially affect the determination of fair value and the associated goodwill impairment charge for each reporting unit.   

Due to continuing underperformance of our IMS operations and based on information that was received during the early stages of our 
annual  budgeting  and  long-term  planning  process  started  in  the  third  quarter,  management  concluded  that  it  was  appropriate  to 
perform a goodwill impairment review for IMS.  We determined the fair value of IMS using a combination of techniques including the 
present value of future cash flows, multiples of competitors and multiples from sales of like businesses, and determined that the IMS 
reporting unit was impaired.  We performed step two of the goodwill impairment test and determined that the implied fair value of 
goodwill  for IMS  was  less  than  its  carrying value  and  a goodwill  impairment  charge of  $46  million  was  recognized.   Our  analysis 
indicated  that  certain  identifiable  intangible  assets  of  IMS  were  also  impaired  and  an  impairment  charge  of  $12  million  was 
recognized.  At December 31, 2011, the remaining carrying value of intangible assets and goodwill for IMS was $5 million and $18 
million, respectively.   

Based  on  the  results  of our  annual  goodwill  impairment  review  process, we  determined  that  our  PBMSi  operations  were  impaired.  
Similar to IMS, the fair value of PBMSi was determined using a combination of techniques including the present value of future cash 
flows, derived from our long-term plans and historical experience, multiples of competitors and multiples from sales of like businesses 
and the estimated fair value was allocated to the assets and liabilities of PBMSi.  Our analysis showed that the implied fair value of 
goodwill for PBMSi was less than its carrying value and a goodwill impairment charge of $84 million was recognized.  In addition, 
the impairment review indicated that certain identifiable intangible assets were also impaired and an impairment charge of $5 million 
was recognized.  At December 31, 2011, there are no intangible assets carried on PBMSi and the remaining carrying value of goodwill 
is $39 million.   

Further, based on the results of our annual impairment review, the estimated fair values of our other reporting units were considered 
substantially  in  excess  of  their  respective  carrying  values,  except  for  the  U.S.  operations  of  our  Management  Services  segment 

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(PBMS-US).  The estimated fair value of PBMS-US exceeded its carrying value by approximately 13%.  At December 31, 2011, the 
net identifiable intangible assets of PBMS-US were $14 million and goodwill allocated to PBMS-US was $364 million. 

As noted in the Outlook section above, the worldwide economy and business environment continue to be uncertain and impact our 
current  and  expected  future  financial  performance,  and  as  a  result  have  increased  the  possibility  of  future  non-cash  impairment 
charges for goodwill and/or identifiable intangible assets.  Accordingly, we will continue to monitor and evaluate the carrying values 
of goodwill and intangible assets for all our reporting units.   

Business combinations 

We  account  for  business  combinations  using  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting,  which  requires  that  the  assets  acquired  and 
liabilities assumed be recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective fair values.  The fair value of intangible assets is estimated 
using a cost, market or income approach.  Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of net 
tangible and intangible assets acquired.   

Stock-based compensation expense 

We recognize compensation cost for stock-based expense based on the estimated fair value of the award, net of an estimated forfeiture 
rate.  We recognize compensation costs for those shares expected to vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.   

We  estimate  the  fair  value  of  stock  options  using  a  Black-Scholes  valuation  model.    The  use  of  this  valuation  model  requires 
assumptions  be  made  regarding  the  expected  stock  price  volatility,  risk-free  interest  rate,  expected  life  of  the  award  and  dividend 
yield.  The estimate of stock price volatility is based on historical price changes of our stock.  The risk-free interest rate is based on 
U.S. treasuries with a term equal to the expected option term.  The expected life, or holding period, of the award, and the expected 
dividend yield, is based on historical experience.   

We believe that the valuation technique and the approach utilized to develop the underlying assumptions are appropriate in estimating 
the fair value of our stock-based awards.  If factors change and we use different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense 
could be different in the future.  Estimates of fair value are not intended to predict actual future events or the value ultimately realized 
by employees who receive equity awards, and subsequent events are not indicative of the reasonableness of the original estimates of 
fair value.  In addition, we are required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate and recognize expense only for those shares expected to 
vest.    If  our  actual  forfeiture  rate  is  materially  different  from  our  estimate,  the  stock-based  compensation  expense  could  be 
significantly different from what we have recorded in the current period. 

Restructuring  

We have undertaken restructuring actions which require management to utilize certain estimates related to the amount and timing of 
expenses.  If the actual amounts differ from our estimates, the amount of the restructuring charges could be impacted.  

Pension benefits  

Assumptions and estimates 
The valuation and calculation of our net pension expense, assets and obligations are dependent on assumptions and estimates relating 
to  discount  rate,  rate  of  compensation  increase  and  expected  return  on  plan  assets.    These  assumptions  are  evaluated  and  updated 
annually and are described in further detail in Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.   

The  weighted-average  assumptions  for  our  largest  plan,  the  U.S.  Qualified  Pension  Plan,  and  our  largest  foreign  plan,  the  U.K. 
Qualified Pension Plan, used to determine net periodic pension costs for 2012 are as follows: 

Discount rate  
Rate of compensation increase 
Expected return on plan assets 

U.S. 
Plan 
4.95% 
3.50% 
7.75% 

U.K. 
Plan 
4.95% 
3.40% 
7.25% 

U.S. Plan 
The discount rate for our U.S pension plan is determined by matching the expected cash flows associated with our benefit obligations 
to a yield curve based on long-term, high quality fixed income debt instruments available as of the measurement date.  The rate of 
compensation increase assumption reflects our actual experience and best estimate of future increases.  Our expected return on plan 
assets is based on historical and projected rates of return for current and planned asset classes in the plans’ investment portfolio after 
analyzing historical experience and future expectations of the returns and volatility of the various asset classes.  The overall expected 
rate  of  return  for  the  portfolio  is  determined  based  on  the  target  asset  allocations  for  each  asset  class,  adjusted  for  historical  and 

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
expected experience of active portfolio management results, when compared to the benchmark returns.  When assessing the expected 
future returns for the portfolio, we place more emphasis on the expected future returns than historical returns. 

U.K. Plan 
We  determine  our  discount  rate  for  the  U.K.  retirement  benefit  plan  by  using  a  model  that  discounts  each  year’s  estimated  benefit 
payments  by  an  applicable  spot  rate.    These  spot  rates  are  derived  from  a  yield  curve  created  from  a  large  number  of  high  quality 
corporate bonds.  The rate of compensation increase assumption reflects our actual experience and best estimate of future increases.  
Our expected return on plan assets is determined based on historical portfolio results, the plan’s asset mix and future expectations of 
market rates of return on the types of assets in the plan.  

Changes to the above assumptions can have an impact on annual pension expense and recorded pension liabilities.  For instance: 

• 

• 

• 

a 0.25% increase in the discount rate would decrease annual pension expense by approximately $2 million for both the U.S. 
and U.K. pension plans, and lower the projected benefit obligation of the U.S. and U.K. pension plans by $38 million and $18 
million, respectively; 

a 0.25% increase in the rate of compensation increase would increase annual pension expense by less than $1 million for both 
the U.S. and U.K. pension plans; 

a 0.25% increase in the expected return on assets would decrease annual pension expense for the U.S. and U.K. pension plans 
by approximately $4 million and $1 million, respectively. 

Delayed recognition principles 

Actual pension plan results that differ from our assumptions and estimates are accumulated and amortized over the estimated future 
working  life  of  the  plan  participants  and  affect  future  pension  expense.    Net  pension  expense  is  also  based  on  a  market-related 
valuation of plan assets where differences between the actual and expected return on plan assets are amortized to pension expense over 
a five-year period.   

Investment related risks and uncertainties 

We invest our pension plan assets in a variety of investment securities in accordance with our strategic asset allocation policy.  The 
composition  of  our  U.S.  pension  plan  assets  at  December  31,  2011  was  approximately  34%  equity  securities,  56%  fixed  income 
securities and 10% real estate and private equity investments.  The composition of our U.K. pension plan assets at December 31, 2011 
was  approximately  62%  equity  securities,  32%  fixed  income  securities  and  6%  cash.    Investment  securities  are  exposed  to  various 
risks such as interest rate, market and credit risks.  In particular, due to the level of risk associated with investment  securities, it is 
reasonably possible that change in the value of such investment securities will occur and that such change could materially affect our 
future results. 

New Accounting Pronouncements 

On  January  1,  2011,  new  accounting  guidance  became  effective  addressing  the  accounting  for  revenue  arrangements  with  multiple 
elements  and  certain  revenue  arrangements  that  include  software.    This  guidance  allows  companies  to  allocate  consideration  in  a 
multiple  element  arrangement  in  a  way  that  better  reflects  the  economics  of  the  transaction  and  results  in  the  elimination  of  the 
residual method.  In addition, tangible products that have software components that are “essential to the functionality” of the tangible 
product  were  scoped  out  of  the  software  revenue  guidance.    The  adoption  of  this  guidance  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  our 
financial position, results of operations or cash flows. 

In  2011,  new  guidance  was  introduced  that  would  eliminate  the  current  option  to  report  other  comprehensive  income  and  its 
components in the statement of stockholders’ equity, and require an entity to present items of net income and other comprehensive 
income  in  one  continuous  statement,  referred  to  as  the  statement  of  comprehensive  income,  or  in  two  separate,  but  consecutive, 
statements.  This  guidance would  be  effective  in  the first quarter of 2012, with  early  adoption  permitted.   We have  elected  to  early 
adopt this guidance effective December 31, 2011 and have presented the components of other comprehensive income in two separate, 
but  consecutive,  statements.    The  adoption  of  this  guidance  only  changed  the  way  we  present  other  comprehensive  income  and  its 
components, and did not impact our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.   

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Legal and Regulatory Matters  

Legal 

See Legal Proceedings in Item 3 of this Form 10-K for information regarding our legal proceedings. 

Other regulatory matters 

As  is  the  case  with  other  large  corporations,  we  are  continually  under  examination  by  tax  authorities  in  the  United  States,  other 
countries and local jurisdictions in which we have operations.  The years under examination vary by jurisdiction.  Except for a dispute 
arising out of a partnership investment, the IRS examination of tax years 2001-2004 is closed to audit and the examination of years 
2005-2008 is estimated to be closed to audit within the next 12 months.  We have other domestic and international tax filings currently 
under  examinations  or  subject  to  examination.    Tax  reserves  have  been  established  which  we  believe  to  be  appropriate  given  the 
possibility  of  tax  adjustments.    However,  the  resolution  of  such  matters  could  have  a  material  impact  on  our  results  of  operations, 
financial position and cash flows.  See Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

We are currently undergoing unclaimed property audits, which are being conducted by various state authorities. The property subject 
to  review  in  this  audit  process  generally  includes  unclaimed  wages,  vendor  payments  and  customer  receipts.  State  escheat  laws 
generally require entities to report and remit abandoned and unclaimed property. Failure to timely report and remit the property can 
result in the assessments of additional escheat liability, interest and penalties.  It is too early to determine the ultimate outcome of such 
audits.   

Effects of Inflation and Foreign Exchange 

Inflation 

Inflation,  although  minimal  in  recent  years,  continues  to  affect  worldwide  economies  and  the  way  companies  operate.    It  increases 
labor  costs  and operating  expenses,  and raises  costs  associated  with  replacement  of  fixed  assets  such  as  rental  equipment.    Despite 
these  growing  costs,  we  have  generally  been  able  to  maintain  profit  margins  through  productivity  and  efficiency  improvements, 
introduction of new products and expense reductions.   

Foreign Exchange 

During 2011, 32% of our revenue was derived from operations outside of the United States.  Currency translation increased our 2011 
revenue by  2%.    Based on the  current  contribution from  our  international operations,  a 1%  increase  in  the value  of  the  U.S.  dollar 
would result in a decline in revenue of approximately $17 million.   

Changes  in  the  value  of  the  U.S.  dollar  relative  to  the  currencies  of  countries  in  which  we  operate  impact  our  reported  assets, 
liabilities, revenue and expenses.  Exchange rate fluctuations can also impact the settlement of intercompany receivables and payables 
between our subsidiaries in different countries.   Our largest foreign currency exposure is to fluctuations in the British pound, Euro 
and Canadian dollar, and to a lesser extent, the Australian dollar.   

We use foreign exchange contracts to mitigate the risk of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.  We enter into foreign exchange 
contracts with only those financial institutions that meet stringent credit requirements as set forth in our derivative policy to mitigate 
our  exposure  to  counterparty  credit  risk.    We  regularly  review  our  credit  exposure  balances  as  well  as  the  creditworthiness  of  our 
counterparties.  Maximum risk of loss on these contracts is limited to the amount of the difference between the spot rate at the date of 
the contract delivery and the contracted rate.  At December 31, 2011, the fair value of our outstanding foreign exchange contracts was 
a net asset of $3 million. 

During 2011, deferred translation losses of $54 million were recorded primarily from the strengthening of the U.S. dollar as compared 
to the British pound, Euro, Canadian dollar and Australian dollar.  In 2010, deferred translation losses of $16 million were recorded 
primarily  resulting  from  the  strengthening  of  the  U.S.  dollar  as  compared  to  the  British  pound  and  Euro,  partially  offset  by  a 
weakening  of  the  U.S.  dollar  as  compared  to  the  Canadian  dollar.    Net  deferred  translation  gains  and  losses  are  included  in 
accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders’ deficit in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and do not affect earnings.   

Dividends  

It is a general practice of our Board of Directors to approve the payment of a cash dividend on our common stock each quarter.  In 
setting  dividend  payments,  our  board  considers  the  dividend  rate  in  relation  to  our  recent  and  projected  earnings  and  our  capital 
investment opportunities and requirements.  We have paid a dividend each year since 1934. 

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7A. – QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes and foreign currency fluctuations due to our investing and funding activities and 
our operations denominated in different foreign currencies. 

Our objective in managing our exposure to changing interest rates is to limit the volatility and impact of changing interest rates on 
earnings and cash flows.  To achieve these objectives, we use a balanced mix of debt maturities and interest rate swaps that convert 
the fixed rate interest payments on certain debt issuances to variable rates.   

Our  objective  in  managing  our  exposure  to  foreign  currency  fluctuations  is  to  reduce  the  volatility  in  earnings  and  cash  flows 
associated with the effect of foreign exchange rate changes on transactions that are denominated in foreign currencies.  Accordingly, 
we  enter  into  various  contracts,  which  change  in  value  as  foreign  exchange  rates  change,  to  protect  the  value  of  external  and 
intercompany transactions. The principal currencies actively hedged are the British pound, Canadian dollar and Euro. 

We employ established policies and procedures governing the use of financial instruments to manage our exposure to such risks.  We 
do not enter into foreign currency or interest rate transactions for speculative purposes.  The gains and losses on these contracts offset 
changes in the value of the related exposures. 

We utilize a “Value-at-Risk” (VaR) model to determine the potential loss in fair value from changes in market conditions.  The VaR 
model  utilizes  a  “variance/co-variance”  approach  and  assumes  normal  market  conditions,  a  95%  confidence  level  and  a  one-day 
holding period.  The model includes all of our debt and all interest rate derivative contracts as well as our foreign exchange derivative 
contracts  associated  with  forecasted  transactions.    The  model  excludes  anticipated  transactions,  firm  commitments,  and  receivables 
and accounts payable denominated in foreign currencies, which certain of these instruments are intended to hedge.  The VaR model is 
a risk analysis tool and does not purport to represent actual losses in fair value that will be incurred by us, nor does it consider the 
potential effect of favorable changes in market factors. 

During 2011 and 2010, our maximum potential one-day loss in fair value of our exposure to foreign exchange rates and interest rates, 
using the variance/co-variance technique described above, was not material. 

ITEM 8. – FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplemental Data” on Page 34 of this Form 10-K. 

ITEM 9. – CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

None. 

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9A. – CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Under the direction of our Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), we evaluated our disclosure controls 
and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Rule  13a-15(e)  or  Rule  15d-15(e)  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the 
Exchange  Act))  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.    Our  CEO  and  CFO  concluded  that  such  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures were effective as of December 31, 2011, based on the evaluation of these controls and procedures required by paragraph 
(b)  of  Rule  13a-15  or  Rule  15d-15  under  the  Exchange  Act.    Any  system  of  controls  is  based  in  part  upon  certain  assumptions 
designed to obtain reasonable (and not absolute) assurance as to its effectiveness, and there can be no assurance that any design will 
succeed in achieving its stated goals.  Notwithstanding this caution, the CEO and CFO have reasonable assurance that the disclosure 
controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2011. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-
15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act.  Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable 
assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  all  misstatements.    Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of 
changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with internal control policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

Management  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2011.    In  making  this 
assessment,  management  used  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission 
(COSO) in Internal Control - Integrated Framework.  Management’s assessment included evaluating the design of our internal control 
over  financial  reporting  and  testing  of  the  operational  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.    Based  on  its 
assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2011, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on 
the criteria issued by COSO in Internal Control – Integrated Framework. 

The  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2011  has  been  audited  by 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears on page 35 of 
this Form 10-K.   

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the three months ended December 31, 2011, that 
have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, such internal control over financial reporting.  

ITEM 9B. – OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART III 

ITEM 10. – DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE    

The information pertaining to our Directors and the members of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors is incorporated herein 
by  reference  to  the  sections  entitled  “Compensation  Committee  Interlocks  and  Insider  Participation,”  “Election  of  Directors,” 
“Security Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers,” “Beneficial Ownership,” “Report of the Audit Committee” and “Corporate 
Governance” of the Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A in connection with our 
2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is scheduled to be held on May 14, 2012.  Such Definitive Proxy Statement will be filed 
with the Commission on or before April 29, 2012 and is incorporated herein by reference. Our executive officers are as follows: 

Executive Officers of the Registrant as of February 15, 2012 

Name 

Age  Title 

Murray D. Martin 

64  Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 

Leslie Abi-Karam 

53  Executive Vice President and President, Pitney Bowes Communications Solutions 

Gregory E. Buoncontri 

64  Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer 

Daniel J. Goldstein 

50  Executive Vice President and Chief Legal and Compliance Officer 

Michael Monahan 

51  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

John E. O’Hara 

53  Executive Vice President and President, Pitney Bowes Software Solutions 

Vicki A. O’Meara 

54  Executive Vice President and President, Pitney Bowes Services & Solutions 

Joseph H. Timko 

51  Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy and Innovation Officer 

Johnna G. Torsone 

61  Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer 

Executive 
Officer Since 

1998 

2005 

2000 

2010 

2005 

2011 

2008 

2010 

1993 

There is no family relationship among the above officers.  All of the officers have served in various corporate, division or subsidiary 
positions with the Company for at least the past five years except as described below: 

Mr. Goldstein re-joined the Company in October 2010 as Executive Vice President and Chief Legal and Compliance Officer.  From 
September  2008  until  October  2010,  Mr.  Goldstein  served  as  the  Senior  Vice  President  and  General  Counsel  for  GAF  Materials 
Corporation,  International  Specialty  Products,  and  ISP  Minerals,  a  group  of  privately  held,  commonly  owned  companies  in  the 
building  materials,  chemicals  and  mining  industries.    Mr.  Goldstein  originally  joined  Pitney  Bowes  in  1999  as  Associate  General 
Counsel and was appointed Vice President, Deputy General Counsel in 2005.  

Mr. O’Hara was appointed Executive Vice President and President, Pitney Bowes Software Solutions in May 2011.  He joined the 
Company  in  April  2007  as  a  result  of  the  Company’s  acquisition  of  MapInfo  and  served  as  Executive  Vice  President  and  General 
Manager International for Pitney Bowes Business Insight.  He joined MapInfo in October 2006 and prior to that he served as General 
Manager, Enterprise and Partner Group for Microsoft UK.  Prior to Microsoft, he served as Executive Vice President of Worldwide 
Sales and Operations at Pivotal Corporation, a leader in CRM for mid-market enterprises.   

Ms. O’Meara joined the Company in June 2008 as Executive Vice President and Chief Legal and Compliance Officer.  In July 2010, 
Ms. O’Meara became Executive Vice President and President, Pitney Bowes Management Services & Government and Postal Affairs, 
relinquishing her responsibilities as the Chief Legal and Compliance Officer.  Prior to joining the Company, she was President - U.S. 
Supply  Chain Solutions for Ryder  System,  Inc.,  a  leading  transportation  and  supply  chain  solutions company.  Ms.  O’Meara joined 
Ryder System, Inc. as Executive Vice President and General Counsel in June 1997.  

Mr.  Timko  joined  the  Company  in  February  2010  as Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Strategy  and Innovation Officer.  Prior  to 
joining the Company, Mr. Timko was a partner in the technology / telecom and industrial sector practice at McKinsey & Company. 

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Code of Ethics 

We  have  adopted  a  Code  of  Ethics  that  applies  to  all  of  our  directors,  officers  and  employees,  including  our  principal  executive, 
financial and accounting officers, or persons performing similar functions.  Our Code of Ethics is posted on our corporate governance 
website  located  at  www.pb.com/Our-Company.    In  addition,  amendments  to  the  Code  of  Ethics  and  any  grant  of  a  waiver  from  a 
provision of the Code of Ethics requiring disclosure under applicable SEC rules will be disclosed at the same location as the Code of 
Ethics. 

ITEM 11. – EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The  sections  entitled  “Directors’  Compensation,”  “Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis”,  and  “Executive  Compensation  Tables 
and Related Narrative” of our Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Commission on or before April 29, 2012 in connection 
with our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 12. – SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION TABLE 

The  following  table  provides  information  as  of  December  31,  2011  regarding  the  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  that  may  be 
issued under our equity compensation plans. 

(a) 
Number of securities to 
be issued upon exercise 
of outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 

(b) 
Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 

(c)  
Number of securities 
remaining available for 
future issuance under 
equity compensation 
plans excluding 
securities reflected in 
column (a) 

 16,100,519  

 -  
16,100,519  

$34.99 

 -  
$34.99 

 16,903,013  

 -  
16,903,013  

Plan Category 
Equity compensation plans approved by 
     security holders 
Equity compensation plans not approved 
     by security holders 
Total 

The sections entitled “Security Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers” and “Beneficial Ownership” of our Definitive Proxy 
Statement to be filed with the Commission on or before April 29, 2012 in connection with our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders 
are incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 13. – CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS, RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE  

The sections entitled “Corporate Governance” and “Certain Relationships and Related-Person Transactions” of our Definitive Proxy 
Statement to be filed with the Commission on or before April 29, 2012 in connection with our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders 
are incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 14. – PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The section entitled “Principal Accountant Fees and Services” of our Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Commission on 
or before April 29, 2012 in connection with our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference. 

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 15. – EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

PART IV 

(a)  1.  Financial statements - see Item 8 on page 28 and “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplemental Data” on 

page 34 of this Form 10-K. 

2.  Financial statement schedules - see “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplemental Data” on page 34 of this 

Form 10-K. 

3.  The exhibits filed herewith or incorporated herein by reference are set forth in the Index of Exhibits included herein. 

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report 
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Date: February 23, 2012 

PITNEY BOWES INC. 
Registrant 

By: /s/ Murray D. Martin 
    Murray D. Martin 
    Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on 
behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature 

Title 

Date 

/s/ Murray D. Martin 
Murray D. Martin 

/s/ Michael Monahan 
Michael Monahan 

/s/ Steven J. Green 
Steven J. Green 

/s/ Rodney C. Adkins 
Rodney C. Adkins 

/s/ Linda G. Alvarado 
Linda G. Alvarado 

/s/ Anne M. Busquet 
Anne M. Busquet 

/s/ Roger Fradin 
Roger Fradin 

/s/ Anne Sutherland Fuchs 
Anne Sutherland Fuchs 

/s/ James H. Keyes 
James H. Keyes 

/s/ Eduardo R. Menascé 
Eduardo R. Menascé 

/s/ Michael I. Roth 
Michael I. Roth 

/s/ David L. Shedlarz 
David L. Shedlarz 

/s/ David B. Snow, Jr. 
David B. Snow, Jr. 

/s/ Robert E. Weissman 
Robert E. Weissman 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer – Director 

February 23, 2012 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal 
Financial Officer) 

February 23, 2012 

February 23, 2012 

February 23, 2012 

February 23, 2012 

February 23, 2012 

February 23, 2012 

February 23, 2012 

February 23, 2012 

February 23, 2012 

February 23, 2012 

February 23, 2012 

February 23, 2012 

February 23, 2012 

Vice President–Finance and Chief Accounting Officer 
(Principal Accounting Officer) 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ......................................................................................................
Consolidated Financial Statements of Pitney Bowes Inc. 

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 .........................................
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 ...............
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010......................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 ..................................
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009...................
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.......................................................................................................................

Financial Statement Schedule 

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves .......................................................................................

PAGE 
35 

36 
37 
38 
39 
40 
41 

88 

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Pitney Bowes Inc. 

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  listed  in  the  accompanying  index  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the 
financial position of Pitney Bowes Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and 
their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 in conformity with accounting principles generally 
accepted  in  the  United  States  of America.    In  addition,  in our opinion,  the financial  statement  schedule  listed  in  the  accompanying 
index presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated 
financial statements.  Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee 
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  The Company's management is responsible for these financial 
statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment 
of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial 
Reporting appearing under Item 9A.  Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement 
schedule, and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits.  We conducted our audits in 
accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we 
plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement 
and  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.    Our  audits  of  the  financial 
statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing 
the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  and  evaluating  the  overall  financial  statement 
presentation.    Our  audit  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over 
financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness 
of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary 
in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles.    A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (i) pertain  to  the 
maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the 
company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (iii) provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Stamford, Connecticut 
February 23, 2012 

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

2011  

Years ended December 31, 
2010  

2009  

Revenue: 
     Equipment sales 
     Supplies 
     Software 
     Rentals 
     Financing 
     Support services 
     Business services 
          Total revenue 

Costs and expenses: 
     Cost of equipment sales 
     Cost of supplies 
     Cost of software 
     Cost of rentals 
     Financing interest expense 
     Cost of support services 
     Cost of business services 
     Selling, general and administrative 
     Research and development 
     Restructuring charges and asset impairments 
     Goodwill impairment 
     Other interest expense 
     Interest income 
     Other income, net 
          Total costs and expenses 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes 
Provision for income taxes 

Income from continuing operations 
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax 
Net income before attribution of noncontrolling interests 

Less: Preferred stock dividends of subsidiaries attributable 
  to noncontrolling interests 
Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc. 

Amounts attributable to common stockholders:  
   Income from continuing operations 
   Gain (loss) from discontinued operations 
Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc. 

Basic earnings per share attributable to common stockholders: 
   Continuing operations 
   Discontinued operations 
     Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc. 

$

$

$

$

$

$

Diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders: 
   Continuing operations 
$
   Discontinued operations 
     Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc. 

$

 986,392  
 307,974  
 426,606  
 563,505  
 602,754  
 706,505  
 1,684,238  
 5,277,974  

 449,479  
 97,454  
 99,107  
 125,325  
 87,698  
 452,582  
 1,303,594  
 1,731,858  
 148,645  
 148,151  
 130,150  
 115,363  
 (5,795) 
 (19,918) 
 4,863,693  

 414,281  
 44,585  

 369,696  
 266,159  
 635,855  

 18,375  
 617,480  

 351,321  
 266,159  
 617,480  

 1.74  
 1.32  
 3.06  

 1.73  
 1.31  
 3.05  

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

 1,022,563  
 318,430  
 390,219  
 600,759  
 637,948  
 711,519  
 1,743,816  
 5,425,254  

 469,158  
 97,172  
 93,391  
 141,465  
 88,292  
 451,609  
 1,337,236  
 1,760,677  
 156,371  
 182,274  
-  
 115,619  
 (2,587) 
-  
 4,890,677  

 534,577  
 205,770  

 328,807  
 (18,104) 
 310,703  

 18,324  
 292,379  

 310,483  
 (18,104) 
 292,379  

 1.51  
 (0.09) 
 1.42  

 1.50  
 (0.09) 
 1.41  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 1,000,153  
 336,239  
 371,574  
 647,432  
 694,444  
 714,429  
 1,804,900  
 5,569,171  

 450,197  
 93,660  
 88,020  
 158,881  
 97,586  
 467,279  
 1,382,401  
 1,800,714  
 182,191  
 48,746  
-  
 111,269  
 (4,949) 
-  
 4,875,995  

 693,176  
 240,154  

 453,022  
 (8,109) 
 444,913  

 21,468  
 423,445  

 431,554  
 (8,109) 
 423,445  

 2.09  
 (0.04) 
 2.05  

 2.08  
 (0.04) 
 2.04  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

36

 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
(In thousands) 

Years ended December 31, 

2011  

2010  

2009  

Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc.  

$

 617,480  

$

 292,379  

$ 

 423,445  

Other comprehensive income, net of tax: 
Foreign currency translations 

Net unrealized gain on cash flow hedges, net of tax expense of 
$1,278, $837 and $4,865, respectively 

Net unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities, net of tax 
expense/(benefit) of $1,885, $505 and $(140), respectively 

Adjustments to pension and postretirement plans, net of tax 
(benefit)/expense of $(93,251), $(17,183) and $8,420, 
respectively 

Amortization of pension and post retirement costs, net of tax 
expense of $19,601, $16,028 and $10,627, respectively 

 (53,569) 

 (15,685) 

 119,820  

 2,007  

 1,293  

 7,214  

 2,948  

 790  

 (283) 

(173,699) 

 (28,710) 

 (5,116) 

 34,474  

 28,298  

 17,328  

Other comprehensive (loss) income 

(187,839) 

 (14,014) 

 138,963  

Comprehensive income - Pitney Bowes Inc. 

$

 429,641  

$

 278,365  

$ 

 562,408  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

37

 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(In thousands, except share and per share data) 

December 31, 2011 

   December 31, 2010 

$

 856,238  
 12,971  

   $

ASSETS 
Current assets: 
        Cash and cash equivalents  
        Short-term investments  

        Accounts receivables, gross 
        Allowance for doubtful accounts receivables 
        Accounts receivables, net 

        Finance receivables 
        Allowance for credit losses 
        Finance receivables, net 

        Inventories  
        Current income taxes  
        Other current assets and prepayments  
Total current assets  

Property, plant and equipment, net  
Rental property and equipment, net  

Finance receivables 
Allowance for credit losses 
Finance receivables, net 

Investment in leveraged leases  
Goodwill  
Intangible assets, net  
Non-current income taxes  
Other assets  
Total assets  

LIABILITIES, NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT 
Current liabilities: 
        Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  
        Current income taxes   
        Notes payable and current portion of long-term obligations  
        Advance billings  
Total current liabilities  

Deferred taxes on income 
Tax uncertainties and other income tax liabilities  
Long-term debt  
Other non-current liabilities  
Total liabilities  

Noncontrolling interests (Preferred stockholders’ equity in subsidiaries) 
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 15) 

Stockholders’ deficit: 
        Cumulative preferred stock, $50 par value, 4% convertible  
        Cumulative preference stock, no par value, $2.12 convertible  
        Common stock, $1 par value (480,000,000 shares authorized; 323,337,912 shares issued) 
        Additional paid-in capital 
        Retained earnings 
        Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
       Treasury stock, at cost (123,586,842 and 119,906,910 shares, respectively) 
Total Pitney Bowes Inc. stockholders’ deficit 
Total liabilities, noncontrolling interests and stockholders’ deficit 

$

$

$

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

38

 755,485  
 (31,855) 
 723,630  

 1,296,673  
 (45,583) 
 1,251,090  

 178,599  
 102,556  
 134,774  
 3,259,858  

 404,146  
 258,711  

 1,123,638  
 (17,847) 
 1,105,791  

 138,271  
 2,147,088  
 212,603  
 89,992  
 530,644  
 8,147,104  

 1,840,465  
 242,972  
 550,000  
 458,425  
 3,091,862  

 175,944  
 194,840  
 3,683,909  
 743,165  
 7,889,720  

 296,370  

   $

   $

 484,363  
 30,609  

 824,015  
 (31,880) 
 792,135  

 1,370,305  
 (48,709) 
 1,321,596  

 168,967  
 103,542  
 107,029  
 3,008,241  

 426,501  
 300,170  

 1,265,220  
 (20,721) 
 1,244,499  

 251,006  
 2,306,793  
 297,443  
 130,601  
 478,769  
 8,444,023  

 1,828,755  
 192,924  
 50,000  
 481,900  
 2,553,579  

 261,118  
 536,531  
 4,239,248  
 653,758  
 8,244,234  

 296,370  

 4  
 659  
 323,338  
 240,584  
 4,600,217  
 (661,645) 
 (4,542,143) 
 (38,986) 
 8,147,104  

   $

 4  
 752  
 323,338  
 250,928  
 4,282,316  
 (473,806) 
 (4,480,113) 
 (96,581) 
 8,444,023  

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(In thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities: 
Net income before attribution of noncontrolling interests 

Restructuring payments 
Special pension plan contributions 
Proceeds (payments) for settlement of derivative instruments 

2011  

Years ended December 31, 
2010  

2009  

$

 635,855  

  $

 310,703  

  $

 444,913  

 (107,002) 
 (123,000) 
-  

 (119,565) 
-  
 31,774  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 
   Restructuring charges and asset impairments 
   Goodwill impairment 
   Gain on sale of leveraged lease asset, after tax 
   Depreciation and amortization  
   Stock-based compensation  
   Deferred tax provision (benefit) 
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities, excluding effects of acquisitions: 
     (Increase) decrease in accounts receivables 
     (Increase) decrease in finance receivables 
     (Increase) decrease in inventories 
     (Increase) decrease in prepaid, deferred expense and other assets 
     Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities  
     Increase (decrease) in current and non-current income taxes  
     Increase (decrease) in advance billings  
     Increase (decrease) in other operating capital, net  
          Net cash provided by operating activities  

 148,151  
 130,150  
 (26,689) 
 272,142  
 18,692  
 34,358  

 58,951  
 190,153  
 (12,830) 
 (12,104) 
 (12,871) 
 (257,631) 
 (12,854) 
 (3,278) 
 920,193  

Cash flows from investing activities: 
Short-term and other investments 
Proceeds from the sale a facility 
Capital expenditures  
Proceeds from sale of leveraged lease asset 
Net investment in external financing  
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired  
Reserve account deposits  
          Net cash used in investing activities  

Cash flows from financing activities: 
Decrease in notes payable, net  
Proceeds from long-term obligations  
Principal payments on long-term obligations  
Proceeds from issuance of common stock 
Payments to redeem preferred stock issued by a subsidiary 
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock by a subsidiary 
Stock repurchases  
Dividends paid to stockholders 
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests 
          Net cash used in financing activities  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 

Cash interest paid  
Cash income taxes paid, net  

 (67,786) 
 683  
 (155,980) 
 101,784  
 (2,677) 
-  
 35,354  
 (88,622) 

 (50,000) 
-  
-  
 12,934  
-  
-  
 (99,997) 
 (299,579) 
 (18,375) 
 (455,017) 

 (4,679) 

 371,875  
 484,363  
 856,238  

 202,159  
 44,528  

$

$
$

  $

  $
  $

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

39

 182,274  
-  
-  
 303,653  
 20,111  
 (34,387) 

 43,204  
 180,352  
 (11,913) 
 (8,658) 
 28,766  
 5,217  
 11,430  
 9,150  
 952,111  

 (122,464) 
 12,595  
 (119,768) 
-  
 (4,718) 
 (77,537) 
 10,399  
 (301,493) 

 (170,794) 
-  
-  
 11,423  
-  
-  
 (100,000) 
 (301,456) 
 (19,141) 
 (579,968) 

 976  

 71,626  
 412,737  
 484,363  

 191,880  
 231,550  

  $

  $
  $

 (105,090) 
 (125,000) 
 (20,281) 

 48,746  
-  
-  
 338,895  
 22,523  
 (10,947) 

 84,182  
 206,823  
 12,187  
 (15,036) 
 (127,256) 
 79,615  
 (2,744) 
 (7,462) 
 824,068  

 (8,362) 
-  
 (166,728) 
-  
 1,456  
-  
 1,664  
 (171,970) 

 (389,666) 
 297,513  
 (150,000) 
 11,962  
 (375,000) 
 296,370  
-  
 (297,555) 
 (19,485) 
 (625,861) 

 9,829  

 36,066  
 376,671  
 412,737  

 195,256  
 197,925  

 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2008 
Net income 
Other comprehensive income 
Cash dividends: 
    Common 
    Preference 
Issuances of common stock 
Conversions to common stock 
Pre-tax stock-based compensation 
Tax benefits from stock compensation plans 
Repurchase of common stock 
Balance, December 31, 2009 
Net income 
Other comprehensive income 
Cash dividends: 
    Common 
    Preference 
Issuances of common stock 
Conversions to common stock 
Pre-tax stock-based compensation 
Repurchase of common stock 
Balance, December 31, 2010 
Net income 
Other comprehensive income 
Cash dividends: 
    Common 
    Preference 
Issuances of common stock 
Conversions to common stock 
Pre-tax stock-based compensation 
Repurchase of common stock 
Balance, December 31, 2011 

PITNEY BOWES INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT 
(In thousands) 

Preferred 
stock 

Preference 
stock 

$ 

 7  

$ 

 976  

$ 

Common 
stock 
 323,338  

Additional 
paid-in 
capital 

$ 

 259,306  

$ 

 (3) 

 (108) 

 (22,017) 
 (2,343) 
 21,761  
 (574) 

 4  

 868  

 323,338  

 256,133  

 (116) 

 (24,039) 
 (1,618) 
 20,452  

 4  

 752  

 323,338  

 250,928  

 (93) 

 (27,283) 
 (2,009) 
 18,948  

Retained 
earnings 

 4,165,503  
 423,445  

 (297,483) 
 (72) 

 4,291,393  
 292,379  

 (301,391) 
 (65) 

 4,282,316  
 617,480  

 (299,521) 
 (58) 

Accumulated 
other 
comprehensive 
loss 

$ 

 (598,755) 

$ 

Treasury 
stock 
 (4,453,969) 

 138,963  

 36,419  
 2,454  

 (459,792) 

 (4,415,096) 

 (14,014) 

 (473,806) 

 (187,839) 

 33,249  
 1,734  

 (100,000) 
 (4,480,113) 

 35,865  
 2,102  

 (99,997) 
 (4,542,143) 

$ 

 4  

$ 

 659  

$ 

 323,338  

$ 

 240,584  

$ 

 4,600,217  

$ 

 (661,645) 

$ 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

40

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

1.  Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Description of Business & Basis of Presentation 
We are a global provider of software, hardware and services to enable both physical and digital communications and to integrate those 
physical  and  digital  communications  channels.    We  offer  a  full  suite  of  equipment,  supplies,  software,  services  and  solutions  for 
managing  and  integrating  physical  and  digital  communication  channels.    We  conduct  our  business  activities  in  seven  reporting 
segments  within  two  business  groups:  Small  &  Medium  Business  Solutions  and  Enterprise  Business  Solutions.    See  Note  18  for 
information regarding our reportable segments. 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States of America (GAAP).  Operating results of acquired companies are included in the consolidated financial statements from the 
date of acquisition.  Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.  Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified 
to conform to the current year presentation.   

Use of Estimates 
The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the 
reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and accompanying disclosures, including the disclosure of contingent assets 
and liabilities.  These estimates and assumptions are based on management’s best knowledge of current events, historical experience, 
and other information available when the financial statements are prepared.  These estimates include, but are not limited to, revenue 
recognition  for  multiple  element  arrangements,  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  and  credit  losses,  residual  values  of  leased  assets, 
useful lives of long-lived assets and intangible assets, goodwill and intangible asset impairment review, allocation of purchase price to 
net assets acquired in business combinations, restructuring costs, pensions and other postretirement benefits and loss contingencies.  
Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.   

Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments 
Cash equivalents include short-term, highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase.  Short-
term  investments  include  highly  liquid  investments  with  a  maturity  of  greater  than  three  months  but  less  than  one  year  from  the 
reporting date. 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts  
We estimate our accounts receivable risks and provide allowances for doubtful accounts accordingly.  We believe that credit risk for 
accounts  receivable  is  limited  because  of  our  large  number  of  customers,  small  account  balances  for  most  of  our  customers  and 
customer  geographic  and  industry  diversification.    We  evaluate  the  adequacy  of  the  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  based  on 
historical loss experience, length of time receivables are past due, adverse situations that may affect a customer’s ability to pay and 
prevailing  economic  conditions,  and  make  adjustments  to  the  reserves  as  necessary.    This  evaluation  is  inherently  subjective  and 
actual results may differ significantly from estimated reserves.   

Finance Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses 
Finance receivables are composed of sales-type lease receivables and unsecured revolving loan receivables.  We estimate our finance 
receivable risks and provide allowances for credit losses accordingly.  We establish credit approval limits based on the credit quality 
of the customer and the type of equipment financed.  We believe that our concentration of credit risk is limited because of our large 
number of customers, small account balances for most of our customers and customer geographic and industry diversification. 

Our policy is to discontinue revenue recognition for lease receivables that are more than 120 days past due and for unsecured loan 
receivables that are more than 90 days past due.  We resume revenue recognition when customer payments reduce the account balance 
aging to 60 days or less past due.  We evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses based on historical loss experience, the 
nature and volume of our portfolios, adverse situations that may affect a customer’s ability to pay and prevailing economic conditions, 
and make adjustments to the reserves as necessary.  This evaluation is inherently subjective and actual results may differ significantly 
from estimated reserves.   

Inventories 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market.  Cost is determined on the last-in, first-out (LIFO) basis for most U.S. inventories, 
and on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis for most non-U.S. inventories. 

Fixed Assets and Depreciation 
Property, plant and equipment and rental equipment are stated at cost and depreciated principally using the straight-line method over 
their estimated useful lives, which are up to 50 years for buildings, three to 15 years for machinery and equipment, four to six years 

41

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

for rental equipment and three to five years for computer equipment.  Major improvements which add to productive capacity or extend 
the life of an asset are capitalized while repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.  Leasehold improvements are 
amortized over the shorter of the estimated useful life or their related lease term.  

Fully depreciated assets are retained in fixed assets and accumulated depreciation until they are removed from service.  In the case of 
disposals,  assets  and  related  accumulated  depreciation  are  removed  from  the  accounts,  and  the  net  amounts,  less  proceeds  from 
disposal, are included in earnings. 

Software Development Costs 
We capitalize certain costs of software developed for internal use.  Capitalized costs include purchased materials and services, payroll 
and personnel-related costs and interest costs.  The cost of internally developed software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its 
estimated useful life, principally three to 10 years. 

Costs incurred for the development of software to be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed are expensed as incurred until technological 
feasibility has been established, at which time such costs are capitalized until the product is available for general release to the public.  
Capitalized software development costs include purchased materials and services, and payroll and personnel-related costs attributable 
to programmers, software engineers, quality control and field certifiers.  Capitalized software development costs are amortized over 
the  product’s  estimated  useful  life,  principally  three  to  five  years,  generally  on  a  straight-line  basis.    Amortization  of  capitalized 
software development costs were $10 million, $8 million and $10 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, 
respectively.  Other assets include $14 and $20 million of capitalized software development costs at December 31, 2011 and 2010, 
respectively.  Software development costs capitalized in 2011 and 2010 were $5 million and $6 million, respectively. 

Research and Development Costs 
Research and product development costs are expensed as incurred.  These costs primarily include personnel-related costs.  

Business Combinations 
We  account  for  business  combinations  using  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting,  which  requires  that  the  assets  acquired  and 
liabilities assumed be recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective fair values.  The fair value of intangible assets is estimated 
using a cost, market or income approach.  Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of net 
tangible and intangible assets acquired.  Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, principally three 
to 15 years, using either the straight-line method or an accelerated attrition method.   

Impairment Review for Long-lived Assets 
Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the 
carrying amount may not be fully recoverable.  If such a change in circumstances occurs, the related estimated future undiscounted 
cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition is compared to the carrying amount.  If the sum of 
the expected cash flows is less than the carrying amount, an impairment charge is recorded.  The impairment charge is measured as the 
amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the asset.  The fair value of the impaired asset is determined using 
probability weighted expected cash flow estimates, quoted market prices when available and appraisals, as appropriate.   

Impairment Review for Goodwill and Intangible Assets 
Goodwill  is  tested  annually  for  impairment,  during  the  fourth  quarter,  or  sooner  when  circumstances  indicate  an  impairment  may 
exist,  at  the  reporting  unit  level.    A  reporting unit  is  the  operating  segment,  or  a  business,  which  is  one  level  below  that operating 
segment.  Reporting units are aggregated as a single reporting unit if they have similar economic characteristics.  Goodwill is tested 
for impairment using a two-step approach.  In the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is determined.  If the fair value of a 
reporting unit is less than its carrying value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of 
impairment, if any.  In the second step, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit 
as if it had been acquired in a business combination and the purchase price was equivalent to the fair value of the reporting unit.  The 
excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is  referred to as the implied fair 
value of goodwill.  The implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is then compared to the actual carrying value of goodwill.  
If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value of goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference.  
The fair value of a reporting unit is determined based on a combination of various techniques, including the present value of future 
cash flows, multiples of competitors and multiples from sales of like businesses. 

Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not 
be fully recoverable.  If such a change in circumstances occurs, the related estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to result 
from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition is compared to the carrying amount.  If the sum of the expected cash flows is less 

42

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

than the carrying amount, an impairment charge is recorded.  The impairment charge is measured as the amount by which the carrying 
amount exceeds the fair value of the asset.  The fair value of the asset is determined using probability weighted expected cash flow 
estimates, quoted market prices when available and appraisals, as appropriate.   

Retirement Plans 
Actual pension plan results that differ from our assumptions and estimates are accumulated and amortized over the estimated future 
working life of the plan participants and affect future pension expense.  Net pension expense includes current service costs, interest 
costs  and  returns on plan  assets.   Net pension  expense  is also based on a  market-related valuation of plan  assets where differences 
between the actual and expected return on plan assets are amortized to pension expense over a five-year period.  We recognize the 
overfunded or underfunded status of pension and other postretirement benefit plans in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  Gains and 
losses, prior service costs and credits, and any remaining transition amounts that have not yet been recognized in net periodic benefit 
costs are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, until they are amortized as a component of net periodic 
benefit cost.  We use a measurement date of December 31 for all of our retirement plans.   

The Board of Directors has approved and adopted a resolution amending the U.S. pension plans to provide that benefit accruals as of 
December 31, 2014 will be determined and frozen and no future benefit accruals under the plans will occur after that date.   

Stock-based Compensation 
We measure compensation cost for stock-based awards based on the estimated fair value of the award, and recognize the cost as an 
expense on a straight-line basis (net of estimated forfeitures) over the employee requisite service period.  We estimate the fair value of 
stock options using a Black-Scholes valuation model.   

Revenue Recognition 
We  derive  our  revenue  from  multiple  sources  including  sales,  rentals,  financing,  and  services.    Certain  of  our  transactions  are 
consummated at the same time and generate revenue from multiple sources.  The most common form of these transactions involves 
the sale or non-cancelable lease of equipment, a meter rental and an equipment  maintenance agreement.  In these multiple element 
arrangements,  revenue  is  allocated  to  each  of  the  elements  based  on  their  relative  fair  values.    The  allocation  of  fair  values  to  the 
various  elements  does  not  change  the  total  revenue  recognized  from  a  transaction,  but  impacts  the  timing  of  revenue  recognition.  
Revenue is allocated to the meter rental and equipment maintenance agreement elements using their respective fair values, which are 
determined  based  on  prices  charged  in  standalone  and  renewal  transactions.    For  a  sale  transaction,  revenue  is  allocated  to  the 
equipment based on a range of selling prices in standalone transactions.  For a lease transaction, revenue is allocated to the equipment 
based on the present value of the remaining minimum lease payments.  We then compare the allocated equipment fair value to the 
range of selling prices in standalone transactions during the period to ensure the allocated equipment fair value approximates average 
selling prices.  More specifically, revenue related to our offerings is recognized as follows: 

Sales Revenue 

Sales of Equipment 
We sell equipment to our customers, as well as to distributors (re-sellers) throughout the world.  We recognize revenue from these 
sales when the risks and rewards of ownership transfer to the customer, which is generally upon shipment.  We recognize revenue 
from the sale of equipment under sales-type leases as equipment revenue at the inception of the lease.  We do not typically offer any 
rights of return or stock balancing rights.  Sales revenue from customized equipment, mail creation equipment and shipping products 
is generally recognized when installed.   

Sales of Supplies 
Revenue related to supplies is recognized at the point of title transfer, which is generally upon shipment. 

Standalone Software Sales and Integration Services 
We recognize revenue from standalone software licenses upon delivery of the product when persuasive evidence of an arrangement 
exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed and determinable and collectability is probable.  For software licenses that are included in 
a lease contract, we recognize revenue upon shipment of the software unless the lease contract specifies that the license expires at the 
end  of  the  lease  or  the  price  of  the  software  is  deemed  not  fixed  or  determinable  based  on  historical  evidence  of  similar  software 
leases.  In these instances, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease contract.  We recognize revenue 
from  software  requiring  integration  services  at  the  point  of  customer  acceptance.    We  recognize  revenue  related  to  off-the-shelf 
perpetual software licenses upon transfer of title, which is generally upon shipment. 

43

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Rentals Revenue  
We  rent  equipment,  primarily  postage  meters  and  mailing  equipment,  under  short-term  rental  agreements,  generally  for  periods  of 
three months to five years.  Rental revenue includes revenue from the subscription for digital meter services.  We invoice in advance 
for postage meter rentals, at various lengths.  We initially defer these advanced billings and recognize rental revenue on a straight-line 
basis  over  the  invoice  period.    We  defer  certain  initial  direct  costs,  primarily  personnel-related  costs,  incurred  in  consummating  a 
transaction and recognize these costs over the term of the agreement.  Initial direct costs expensed in 2011, 2010 and 2009 were $19 
million,  $27  million  and  $25  million,  respectively.    Initial  direct  costs,  included  in  rental  property  and  equipment,  net  on  our 
Consolidated Balance Sheets, were $31 million and $37 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.   

Financing Revenue 
We  provide  lease  financing  for  our  products  primarily  through  sales-type  leases.    We  also  provide  revolving  lines  of  credit  to our 
customers  for  the  purchase  of  postage  and  related  supplies.    The  vast  majority  of  our  leases  qualify  as  sales-type  leases  using  the 
present value of minimum lease payments classification criteria.  We believe that our sales-type lease portfolio contains only normal 
collection risk.  Accordingly, we record the fair value of equipment as sales revenue, the cost of equipment as cost of sales and the 
minimum lease payments plus the estimated residual value as finance receivables.  The difference between the finance receivable and 
the equipment fair value is recorded as unearned income and is amortized as income over the lease term using the interest method.  
Revenues generated from financing customers for the continued use of equipment subsequent to the expiration of the original lease 
term are classified within financing revenue.  

Equipment residual values are determined at inception of the lease using estimates of equipment fair value at the end of the lease term.  
Estimates of future equipment fair value are based primarily on our historical experience.  We also consider forecasted supply and 
demand  for  our  various  products,  product  retirement  and  future  product  launch  plans,  end  of  lease  customer  behavior,  regulatory 
changes, remanufacturing strategies, used equipment markets, if any, competition and technological changes.  We evaluate residual 
values on an annual basis or as changes to the above considerations occur. 

Support Services Revenue 
We  provide  support  services  for  our  equipment  primarily  through  maintenance  contracts.    Revenue  related  to  these  agreements  is 
recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement, which typically is one to five years. 

Business Services Revenue 
Business services revenue includes revenue from management services, mail services, and marketing services.  Management services, 
which  includes  outsourcing  of  mailrooms,  copy  centers,  or  other  document  management  functions,  are  typically  one  to  five  year 
contracts that contain a monthly service fee and in many cases a “click” charge based on the number of copies made, machines in use, 
etc.    Revenue  is  recognized  over  the  term  of  the  agreement,  based  on  monthly  service  charges,  with  the  exception  of  the  “click” 
charges,  which  are  recognized  as  earned.    Mail  services  include  the  preparation,  sortation  and  aggregation  of  mail  to  earn  postal 
discounts  and  expedite  delivery  and  revenue  is  recognized  as  the  services  are  provided.    Marketing  services  include  direct  mail 
marketing services and revenue is recognized over the term of the agreement as the services are provided. 

Shipping and Handling 
Shipping and handling costs are recorded in cost of revenues. 

Product Warranties 
We  provide product  warranties  in  conjunction with  the  sale  of  certain  products,  generally  for  a  period of 90 days  from  the  date  of 
installation.    We  estimate  our  liability  for  product  warranties  based  on  historical  claims  experience  and  other  currently  available 
evidence.  Our product warranty liability at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was not material. 

Deferred Marketing Costs 
We capitalize certain direct mail, telemarketing, Internet, and retail marketing costs, associated with the acquisition of new customers 
and recognize these costs over the expected revenue stream ranging from five to nine years.  Deferred marketing costs expensed in 
2011, 2010 and 2009 were $34 million, $39 million and $44 million, respectively.  Deferred marketing costs, included in other assets 
on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, were $84 million and $106 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  We review 
individual marketing programs for impairment on a periodic basis or as circumstances warrant.   

Restructuring Charges 
Costs associated with exit or disposal activities and restructurings are recognized when the liability is incurred.  The cost and related 
liability for one-time benefit arrangements is recognized when the costs are probable and reasonably estimable.   

44

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Income Taxes 
We  recognize  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to  differences  between  the  carrying 
amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.  A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that 
a deferred tax asset will not be realized.  The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets depends on the generation of future taxable 
income during the period in which related temporary differences become deductible.  We consider the scheduled reversal of deferred 
tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in this assessment.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
measured  using  the  enacted  tax  rates  expected  to  apply  to  taxable  income  in  the  years  in  which  those  temporary  differences  are 
expected to be recovered or settled.  The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in 
the period that includes the enactment date of such change. 

Earnings per Share 
Basic earnings per share is based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the year.  Diluted earnings 
per  share also includes  the dilutive  effect of  outstanding  stock  options,  restricted  stock, preference stock, preferred stock  and  stock 
purchase plans. 

Translation of Non-U.S. Currency Amounts 
Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries operating outside the U.S. are translated at rates in effect at the end of the period and revenue and 
expenses  are  translated  at  average  monthly  rates  during  the  period.    Net  deferred  translation  gains  and  losses  are  included  as  a 
component of accumulated other comprehensive income.   

Derivative Instruments  
In the normal course of business, we are exposed to the impact of changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates.  We 
limit these risks by following established risk management policies and procedures, including the use of derivatives.  We do not use 
derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.   

We  use  derivative  instruments  to  manage  the  related  cost  of  debt  and  to  limit  the  effects  of  foreign  exchange  rate  fluctuations  on 
financial  results.    Derivative  instruments  typically  consist  of  interest-rate  swaps,  forward  contracts  and  currency  swaps  depending 
upon the underlying exposure.  We record our derivative instruments at fair value, and the accounting for changes in the fair value of 
the  derivatives  depends  on  the  intended  use  of  the  derivative,  the  resulting  designation,  and  the  effectiveness  of  the  instrument  in 
offsetting the risk exposure it is designed to hedge.   

To  qualify  as  a  hedge,  a  derivative  must  be  highly  effective  in  offsetting  the  risk  designated  for  hedging  purposes.    The  hedge 
relationship must be formally documented at inception, detailing the particular risk management objective and strategy for the hedge.  
The effectiveness of the hedge relationship is evaluated on a retrospective and prospective basis.   

The  use  of  derivative  instruments  exposes  us  to  counterparty  credit  risk.    To  mitigate  such  risks,  we  enter  into  contracts  with  only 
those financial institutions that meet stringent credit requirements.  We regularly review our credit exposure balances as well as the 
creditworthiness of our counterparties.   

New Accounting Pronouncements 
On  January  1,  2011,  new  accounting  guidance  became  effective  addressing  the  accounting  for  revenue  arrangements  with  multiple 
elements  and  certain  revenue  arrangements  that  include  software.    This  guidance  allows  companies  to  allocate  consideration  in  a 
multiple  element  arrangement  in  a  way  that  better  reflects  the  economics  of  the  transaction  and  results  in  the  elimination  of  the 
residual method.  In addition, tangible products that have software components that are “essential to the functionality” of the tangible 
product  were  scoped  out  of  the  software  revenue  guidance.    The  adoption  of  this  guidance  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  our 
financial position, results of operations or cash flows. 

In  2011,  new  guidance  was  introduced  that  would  eliminate  the  current  option  to  report  other  comprehensive  income  and  its 
components in the statement of stockholders’ equity, and require an entity to present items of net income and other comprehensive 
income  in  one  continuous  statement,  referred  to  as  the  statement  of  comprehensive  income,  or  in  two  separate,  but  consecutive, 
statements. This guidance is effective in the first quarter of 2012, with early adoption permitted.  We have elected to early adopt this 
guidance  effective  December  31,  2011  and  have  presented  the  components  of  other  comprehensive  income  in  two  separate,  but 
consecutive,  statements.    The  adoption  of  this  guidance  only  changed  the  way  we  present  other  comprehensive  income  and  its 
components, and did not impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.   

45

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

2.  Discontinued Operations 

During 2011, we entered into a series of settlements with the IRS in connection with their examinations of our tax years 2001-2008.  
We agreed upon both the tax treatment of a number of disputed issues, including issues related to our Capital Services business that 
was sold in 2006, and revised tax calculations.  As a result of these settlements, an aggregate $264 million benefit was recognized in 
discontinued operations.   

The  net  loss  in  2010  and  2009  includes  the  accrual  of  interest  on  uncertain  tax  positions  and  additional  tax  associated  with  the 
discontinued operations.  The net loss in 2009 also includes after-tax income of $6 million for a bankruptcy settlement and $7 million 
related to the expiration of an indemnity agreement associated with the sale of a former subsidiary.   

3.  Acquisitions 

There were no acquisitions during 2011 or 2009. 

In July 2010, we acquired Portrait Software plc (Portrait) for $65 million in cash, net of cash acquired.  Portrait provides software to 
enhance  existing  customer  relationship  management  systems,  enabling  clients  to  achieve  improved  customer  retention  and 
profitability.  The allocation of the purchase price to the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is shown below.  The 
primary  items  that  generated  goodwill  are  the  anticipated  synergies  from  the  compatibility  of  the  acquired  technology  with  our 
existing product and service offerings, and employees of Portrait, neither of which qualify as an amortizable intangible asset.  None of 
the goodwill will be deductible for tax purposes.  

Purchase price allocation: 
Current assets  
Other non-current assets  
Intangible assets  
Goodwill 
Current liabilities  
Non-current liabilities  
 Purchase price, net of cash acquired  

$

$

 7,919  
 6,940  
 31,332  
 42,766  
 (13,014) 
 (10,793) 
 65,150  

During 2010, we also completed smaller acquisitions for aggregate cash payments of $12 million.  These acquisitions did not have a 
material impact on our financial results. 

The  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  include  the  results  of  operations  of  the  acquired  businesses  from  their  respective  dates  of 
acquisition.    Assuming  these acquisitions  occurred on  January  1, 2010  and  2009,  total  pro forma  revenue would  have  been $5,452 
million and $5,620 million for 2010 and 2009, respectively.  The pro forma earnings results of these acquisitions were not material to 
net income or earnings per share.  The pro forma consolidated amounts do not purport to be indicative of actual results that would 
have occurred had the acquisitions been completed on January 1, 2010 and 2009, nor do they purport to be indicative of the results 
that will be obtained in the future.   

46

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

4.  Inventories 

Inventories at December 31, 2011 and 2010 consisted of the following: 

Raw materials and work in process  
Supplies and service parts  
Finished products  
   Inventory at FIFO cost 
Excess of FIFO cost over LIFO cost 
   Total inventory, net  

5.  Fixed Assets 

December 31, 

2011  

2010  

$

$

 63,216  
 68,600  
 71,958  
 203,774  
 (25,175) 
 178,599  

  $

  $

 60,465  
 65,878  
 68,941  
 195,284  
 (26,317) 
 168,967  

Fixed assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010 consist of property, plant and equipment and rental equipment, primarily postage meters, 
as follows:  

Land  
Buildings  
Machinery and equipment  

Accumulated depreciation  
Property, plant and equipment, net  

Rental property and equipment 
Accumulated depreciation  
Rental property and equipment, net  

December 31, 

2011  

 23,852  
 335,625  
 1,278,332  
 1,637,809  
 (1,233,663) 
 404,146  

 649,343  
 (390,632) 
 258,711  

$

$

$

$

2010  

 26,710  
 361,463  
 1,352,295  
 1,740,468  
 (1,313,967) 
 426,501  

 710,374  
 (410,204) 
 300,170  

$

$

$

$

Depreciation  expense  was  $214  million,  $243  million  and  $270  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2011,  2010,  and  2009, 
respectively.  In 2011 and 2010, we recorded asset impairment charges of $13 million and $10 million, respectively, associated with a 
restructuring program  and  included  these  charges  in restructuring  charges  and  asset  impairments  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Income.  See Note 14 for further details. 

47

  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

6.  Intangible Assets and Goodwill 

Intangible assets 

Intangible assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010 consisted of the following: 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount 

Customer relationships   $ 
Supplier relationships  

 409,489  
 29,000  

December 31, 2011 

December 31, 2010 

   Accumulated 
Amortization 
 (237,536) 
 (19,213) 

   $ 

Net 
Carrying 
Amount 
$  171,953  
 9,787  

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount 
$  453,523  
 29,000  

   Accumulated 
Amortization 
 (229,143) 
 (16,192) 

   $ 

Net 
Carrying 
Amount 
$  224,380  
 12,808  

Mailing software  
  and technology  

Trademarks  
  and trade names  

Non-compete  
  agreements 

 170,286  

 (143,456) 

 26,830  

 172,188  

 (118,390) 

 53,798  

 33,908  

 (30,076) 

 3,832  

 36,322  

 (30,224) 

 6,098  

 7,564  

 (7,363) 

 201  

$ 

 650,247  

   $ 

 (437,644) 

$  212,603  

 7,845  
$  698,878  

   $ 

 (7,486) 
 (401,435) 

 359  
$  297,443  

In  2011,  intangible  asset  impairment  charges  of  $12  million  associated  with  our  International  Mailing  Services  operations  (IMS) 
within our Mail Services segment and $5 million associated with the international operations of our Management Services segment 
(PBMSi) were recorded.  Theses charges were recorded to restructuring charges and asset impairments in the Consolidated Statements 
of Income.  See Goodwill section below and Note 14 for further details.   

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $58 million, $61 million and $69 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 
and 2009, respectively.  The future amortization expense related to intangible assets as of December 31, 2011 is as follows: 

Year ended December 31,  
2012  
2013  
2014  
2015  
2016  
Thereafter  

Amount 

 45,213  
 41,530  
 37,111  
 32,974  
 18,824  
 36,951  
 212,603  

$ 

$ 

Actual  amortization  expense  may  differ  from  the  amounts  above  due  to,  among  other  things,  future  acquisitions,  impairments, 
accelerated amortization or fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. 

Goodwill 

In  2011,  goodwill  impairment  charges  of  $130  million  were  recorded.    Due  to  continuing  underperformance  of  our  international 
mailing services (IMS) operations and based on information developed during the early stages of our annual budgeting and long-term 
planning process started in the third quarter, a goodwill impairment charge of $46 million was recorded.   In addition, based on the 
results of our annual goodwill impairment review, management determined that goodwill for PBMSi was impaired and an impairment 
charge of $84 million was recorded.  See Note 1 for a description of our goodwill impairment policy. 

48

  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

The  changes  in  the  carrying  amount  of  goodwill,  by  reporting  segment,  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2011  and  2010  are  as 
follows: 

Balance at 
December 31, 
2010  (1) 

Impairment 

Other  (2) 

North America Mailing  
International Mailing  
   Small & Medium Business Solutions 

$ 

  $

 357,918  
 181,530  
 539,448  

  $

 -  
 -  
 -  

Production Mail  
Software  
Management Services  
Mail Services  
Marketing Services  
   Enterprise Business Solutions 
     Total  

 141,476  
 678,101  
 494,433  
 259,102  
 194,233  
 1,767,345  
 2,306,793  

$ 

  $

 -  
 -  
 (84,500) 
 (45,650) 
 -  
 (130,150) 
 (130,150) 

  $

Balance at 
December 31, 
2009  (1) 

Acquired 
during the  
period   

North America Mailing  
International Mailing  
   Small & Medium Business Solutions 

$ 

  $

 366,683  
 188,180  
 554,863  

  $

 -  
 -  
 -  

Production Mail  
Software  
Management Services  
Mail Services  
Marketing Services  
   Enterprise Business Solutions 
     Total  

 143,619  
 633,938  
 500,055  
 259,632  
 194,797  
 1,732,041  
 2,286,904  

$ 

  $

 -  
 47,354  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 47,354  
 47,354  

  $

 (5,021) 
 (5,245) 
 (10,266) 

 (1,105) 
 (10,977) 
 (7,210) 
 3  
 -  
 (19,289) 
 (29,555) 

Other  (2) 

 (8,765) 
 (6,650) 
 (15,415) 

 (2,143) 
 (3,191) 
 (5,622) 
 (530) 
 (564) 
 (12,050) 
 (27,465) 

Balance at 
December 31, 
2011 
 352,897  
 176,285  
 529,182  

   $ 

 140,371  
 667,124  
 402,723  
 213,455  
 194,233  
 1,617,906  
 2,147,088  

   $ 

Balance at 
December 31, 
2010 
 357,918  
 181,530  
 539,448  

   $ 

 141,476  
 678,101  
 494,433  
 259,102  
 194,233  
 1,767,345  
 2,306,793  

   $ 

(1) Prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. 
(2) Other includes foreign currency translation and purchase price allocation adjustments. 

7. Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities are composed of the following: 

Accounts payable - trade 
Reserve account deposits 
Accrued salaries, wages and commissions 
Accrued restructuring charges 
Miscellaneous accounts payable and accrued liabilities 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 

December 31, 

2011  
 334,036  
 602,974  
 239,282  
 119,111  
 545,062  
 1,840,465  

$

$

2010  
 333,220  
 567,620  
 246,237  
 113,200  
 568,478  
 1,828,755  

$

$

Reserve account deposits represent customers’ prepayment of postage held by our subsidiary, The Pitney Bowes Bank.  See Note 17 
for further details.   

49

  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

8.  Debt 

  Notes payable  
  Term loan due 2012  
4.625%  notes due 2012 (1) 
3.875%  notes due 2013  
4.875%  notes due 2014 (2) 
5.000%  notes due 2015  
4.750%  notes due 2016 
5.750%  notes due 2017  
4.750%  notes due 2018 (3) 
5.600%  notes due 2018 (4) 
6.250%  notes due 2019 (5) 
5.250%  notes due 2037 (6) 
 Other (7) 
Total debt  
Notes payable and current portion long-term debt 
Long-term debt  

  $

December 31, 

2011  

2010  

 -  
 150,000  
 400,000  
 375,000  
 450,000  
 400,000  
 500,000  
 500,000  
 350,000  
 250,000  
 300,000  
 500,000  
 58,909  
 4,233,909  
 550,000  
 3,683,909  

  $

 50,000  
 150,000  
 400,000  
 375,000  
 450,000  
 400,000  
 500,000  
 500,000  
 350,000  
 250,000  
 300,000  
 500,000  
 64,248  
 4,289,248  
 50,000  
 4,239,248  

Notes payable consists of commercial paper borrowings.  There were no commercial paper borrowings outstanding at December 31, 
2011.  At December 31, 2010, $50 million of commercial paper borrowings were outstanding at an effective interest rate of 0.32%.   
Interest  under  the  Term  Loan  is  based  on  three-month  LIBOR  plus  42  basis  points.    Interest  is  payable  and  the  interest  rate  resets 
every three months.   

(1)  In 2009, we entered into interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional value of $400 million that effectively convert 
the fixed rate interest payments on this debt issue into variable interest rates.  We pay a weighted-average variable rate based on one-
month LIBOR plus 249 basis points and receive a fixed rate of 4.625%.  The weighted-average rate paid during 2011 and 2010 was 
2.8%. 

(2)  In 2011, we entered into interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional value of $450 million that effectively convert 
the fixed rate interest payments on this debt issue into variable interest rates.  We pay a weighted-average variable rate based on three-
month LIBOR plus 305 basis points and receive a fixed rate of 4.875%.  The weighted-average rate paid during 2011 was 3.5%. 

(3)  In 2008, we received $44 million, excluding accrued interest when we unwound an interest rate swap that effectively converted 
the fixed rate interest payments on this debt issue into variable interest rates.  This amount is being amortized as a reduction of interest 
expense over the remaining term of the notes reducing the effective interest rate to 3.2%.   

(4)  In 2010, we received $32 million, excluding accrued interest when we unwound two interest rate swaps that effectively converted 
the fixed rate interest payments on this debt issue into variable interest rates.  This amount is being amortized as a reduction of interest 
expense over the remaining term of the notes, reducing the effective interest rate to 3.7%.  

(5)  In 2009, we issued $300 million, 6.25% 10-year fixed rate notes and simultaneously unwound four forward swap agreements used 
to hedge the interest rate risk associated with the forecasted issuance of this fixed rate debt.  In connection with the unwinding of these 
swaps, we paid $20 million, which is being amortized as additional interest expense over the term of the notes, increasing the effective 
interest rate to 6.9%.  

(6)    This  note  contains  an  option  that  gives  bondholders  the  right  to  redeem  at  par,  in  whole  or  in  part,  on  January  15,  2017, 
outstanding principal plus accrued interest.   

(7)  Other consists of the unamortized net proceeds received from unwinding of interest rate swaps, the mark-to-market adjustment of 
interest rate swaps and debt discounts and premiums. 

50

  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

We have a committed line of credit of $1.25 billion to support commercial paper issuances.  As of December 31, 2011, we had not 
drawn upon the line of credit.  Fees paid to maintain the line of credit were $1 million, $2 million and $1 million in 2011, 2010 and 
2009, respectively. 

Annual  maturities  of  outstanding  long-term  debt  at  December  31,  2011  are  as  follows:  2012  –  $550  million;  2013  –  $375  million; 
2014 – $450 million; 2015 – $400 million; 2016 – $500 million; and $1,900 million thereafter.   

9. Income Taxes 

The provision for income taxes from continuing operations consists of the following: 

  U.S. Federal: 
    Current  
    Deferred  

  U.S. State and Local: 
    Current  
    Deferred  

  International: 
    Current  
    Deferred  

  Total Current  
  Total Deferred  
Total provision for income taxes  

Years ended December 31, 
2010  

2009  

2011  

$

$

 (87,713) 
 135,305  
 47,592  

 31,726  
 (15,546) 
 16,180  

 66,214  
 (85,401) 
 (19,187) 

 10,227  
 34,358  
 44,585  

$

$

 170,175  
 (24,632) 
 145,543  

 26,523  
 (17,518) 
 9,005  

 43,459  
 7,763  
 51,222  

 240,157  
 (34,387) 
 205,770  

   $ 

   $ 

 188,272  
 18,979  
 207,251  

 30,981  
 (13,067) 
 17,914  

 31,848  
 (16,859) 
 14,989  

 251,101  
 (10,947) 
 240,154  

The components of income from continuing operations are as follows: 

  U.S.  
  International  
Total   

Years ended December 31, 
2010  

2009  

2011  

$

$

 408,934  
 5,347  
 414,281  

$

$

 390,911  
 143,666  
 534,577  

   $ 

   $ 

 552,636  
 140,540  
 693,176  

The effective tax rate for continuing operations for 2011, 2010 and 2009 was 10.8%, 38.5% and 34.6%, respectively.  The effective 
tax rate for 2011 includes $90 million of tax benefits from the IRS tax settlements (see Other Matters below), a $34 million tax benefit 
from the sale of non-U.S. leveraged lease assets and a $4 million charge from the write-off of deferred tax assets associated with the 
expiration of out-of-the-money vested stock options and the vesting of restricted stock units previously granted to our employees.  In 
addition, the effective tax rate for 2011 was increased due to a reduced tax benefit associated with the goodwill impairment charges. 

The effective tax rate for 2010 includes $16 million of tax benefits associated with previously unrecognized deferred taxes on outside 
basis  differences,  a  $15  million  charge  for  the  write-off  of  deferred  tax  assets  associated  with  the  expiration  of  out-of-the-money 
vested  stock  options  and  the  vesting  of  restricted  stock  units  previously  granted  to  our  employees  and  a  $9  million  charge  for  the 
write-off of deferred tax assets related to the U.S. health care reform legislation that eliminated the tax deduction for retiree health care 
costs to the extent of federal subsidies received by companies that provide retiree prescription drug benefits equivalent to Medicare 
Part D coverage.   

51

  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

The effective rate for 2009 included a charge of $13 million for the write-off of deferred tax assets associated with the expiration of 
out-of-the-money  vested  stock  options  and  the  vesting  of  restricted  stock,  offset  by  $13  million  of  tax  benefits  from  retirement  of 
intercompany obligations and the repricing of leveraged lease transactions.   

The  items  accounting  for  the  difference  between  income  taxes  computed  at  the  federal  statutory  rate  and  our  provision  for  income 
taxes consist of the following: 

   Federal statutory provision  
   State and local income taxes  
   Impact of foreign operations 
   Tax exempt income/reimbursement  
   Federal income tax credits/incentives  
   Unrealized stock compensation benefits 
   U.S. health care reform tax change 
   Outside basis differences   
   Goodwill impairment 
   Settlements with the IRS 
   Other, net  
      Provision for income taxes  

2011  

2010  

2009  

$

$

 144,998  
 10,135  
 (41,669) 
 (2,674) 
 (10,741) 
 3,538  
 -  
 -  
 31,095  
 (90,227) 
 130  
 44,585  

  $

  $

 187,103  
 5,853  
 13,938  
 (2,352) 
 (7,580) 
 15,149  
 9,070  
 (15,798) 
 -  
 -  
 387  
 205,770  

   $ 

   $ 

 242,612  
 11,109  
 (18,037) 
 (2,748) 
 (4,792) 
 12,852  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 (842) 
 240,154  

The components of our deferred tax liabilities and assets are as follows: 

Deferred tax liabilities: 
Depreciation  
Deferred profit (for tax purposes) on sale to finance subsidiary 
Lease revenue and related depreciation  
Amortizable intangibles 
Other  
Deferred tax liabilities  

$

Deferred tax assets: 
Nonpension postretirement benefits  
Pension 
Inventory and equipment capitalization  
Restructuring charges  
Long-term incentives  
Net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards  
Tax uncertainties gross-up 
Other  
Valuation allowance  
Deferred tax assets 

December 31, 

2011  

2010  

  $

 69,092  
 157,397  
 422,541  
 99,980  
 49,044  
 798,054  

 198,379  
 40,956  
 24,806  
 8,185  
 37,019  
 180,281  
 46,773  
 99,996  
 (111,438) 
 524,957  

 49,351  
 229,364  
 480,611  
 117,207  
 43,813  
 920,346  

 104,847  
 127,042  
 28,546  
 22,348  
 39,781  
 153,754  
 144,672  
 116,834  
 (104,441) 
 633,383  

Net deferred tax liabilities 
Less: amounts included in other balance sheet accounts 
Deferred taxes on income  

 273,097  
 97,153  
 175,944  

  $

 286,963  
 25,845  
 261,118  

$

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, approximately $286 million and $266 million, respectively, of foreign net operating loss carry 
forwards were available to us.  Most of these losses can be carried forward indefinitely.   

52

  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

It has not been necessary to provide for income taxes on $940 million of cumulative undistributed earnings of subsidiaries outside the 
United States.  These earnings will be either indefinitely reinvested or remitted substantially free of additional tax.  Determination of 
the liability that would be incurred if all of these earnings were remitted to the U.S. is not practicable.  However, we estimate that 
withholding taxes on such remittances would approximate $17 million.   

Uncertain Tax Positions 

A reconciliation of the amount of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows: 

Balance at beginning of year 
Increases from prior period positions  
Decreases from prior period positions  
Increases from current period positions  
Decreases from current period positions  
Decreases relating to settlements with tax authorities    
Reductions from lapse of applicable statute of limitations   
Balance at end of year 

$

$

2011  
 531,790  
 67,065  
 (140,107) 
 28,686  
 -  
 (18,204) 
 (270,595) 
 198,635  

  $

  $

2010  
 515,565  
 17,775  
 (27,669) 
 43,804  
 (8,689) 
 (1,434) 
 (7,562) 
 531,790  

   $ 

   $ 

2009  
 434,164  
 65,540  
 (7,741) 
 42,696  
 -  
 (3,173) 
 (15,921) 
 515,565  

The  amount  of  the  unrecognized  tax  benefits  at  December  31,  2011,  2010  and  2009  that  would  affect  the  effective  tax  rate  if 
recognized was $160 million, $249 million and $225 million, respectively.  

Tax authorities continually examine our tax filings.  On a regular basis, we conclude tax return examinations, statutes of limitations 
expire, and court decisions interpret tax law.  We regularly assess tax uncertainties in light of these developments.  As a result, it is 
reasonably possible that the amount of our unrecognized tax benefits will decrease in the next 12 months, and we expect this change 
could be up to one-third of our unrecognized tax benefits.  We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in our 
provision for income taxes or discontinued operations as appropriate.  During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we 
recorded $(83) million, $15 million and $32 million, respectively, in interest and penalties primarily in discontinued operations.  We 
had $67 million and $202 million accrued for the payment of interest and penalties at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. 

Other Tax Matters 

We regularly assess the likelihood of tax adjustments in each of the tax jurisdictions in which we have operations and account for the 
related financial statement implications.  Tax reserves have been established which we believe to be appropriate given the possibility 
of  tax  adjustments.    Determining  the  appropriate  level  of  tax  reserves  requires  us  to  exercise  judgment  regarding  the  uncertain 
application of tax law.  The amount of reserves is adjusted when information becomes available or when an event occurs indicating a 
change  in  the  reserve  is  appropriate.    Future  changes  in  tax  reserve  requirements  could  have  a  material  impact  on  our  results  of 
operations. 

As  is  the  case  with  other  large  corporations,  we  are  continually  under  examination  by  tax  authorities  in  the  United  States,  other 
countries and local jurisdictions in which we have operations.  Except for a dispute arising out of a partnership investment, the IRS 
examination of tax years 2001-2004 is closed to audit and the examination of years 2005-2008 is estimated to be closed to audit within 
the next 12 months.  During the year, in connection with the examinations of our 2001-2008 tax years, we entered into a series of 
settlements with the IRS under which we agreed upon both the tax treatment of a number of disputed issues, including issues related to 
our Capital Services business that was sold in 2006, and revised tax calculations.  Based on these developments, we recognized $90 
million of tax benefits through continuing operations and $264 million through discontinued operations.  Our additional liability for 
tax and interest arising from the 2001-2008 IRS examinations was approximately $400 million, which was previously paid through the 
purchase of tax bonds. 

We  have  other  domestic  and  international  tax  filings  currently  under  examination  or  subject  to  examination.    We  believe  we  have 
established tax reserves that are appropriate given the possibility of tax adjustments.  However, depending upon the size of the reserve 
as compared to the ultimate determination of such matters, the resolution could have a material impact, positive or negative, on our 
results of operations, financial position and cash flows. 

53

  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

10. Noncontrolling Interests (Preferred Stockholders’ Equity in Subsidiaries) 

In 2009, Pitney Bowes International Holdings, Inc. (PBIH), a subsidiary, issued 300,000 shares, or $300 million, of perpetual voting 
preferred  stock  (the  Preferred  Stock)  to  certain  outside  institutional  investors.    The  holders  of  the  Preferred  Stock  are  entitled  as  a 
group  to  25%  of  the  combined  voting  power  of  all  classes  of  capital  stock  of  PBIH.    All  outstanding  common  stock  of  PBIH, 
representing the remaining 75% of the combined voting power of all  classes of capital stock, is owned directly or indirectly by the 
Company.    The  Preferred  Stock  is  entitled  to  cumulative  dividends  at  a  rate  of  6.125%  for  a  period  of  seven  years  after  which  it 
becomes callable and, if it remains outstanding, will yield a dividend that increases by 50% every six months thereafter.   

Also in 2009, PBIH redeemed all of the then outstanding 3,750,000 shares of variable term voting preferred stock owned by certain 
outside institutional investors for $375 million.  These preferred shares were entitled as a group to 25% of the combined voting power 
of  all  classes  of  capital  stock  of  PBIH.    All  outstanding  common  stock  of  PBIH, representing  the  remaining  75% of  the  combined 
voting power of all classes of capital stock, was owned directly or indirectly by the Company.   

Preferred  Stock  dividends were  $18  million,  $18  million  and  $21  million  for  the  years  ended December  31,  2011,  2010  and  2009, 
respectively.  The dividend amount for 2009 includes an expense of $3 million associated with the redemption of the $375 million 
variable term voting preferred stock.  No dividends were in arrears at December 31, 2011 or December 31, 2010.  

The carrying value of the Preferred Stock is reported as Noncontrolling interests (Preferred stockholders’ equity in subsidiaries) on the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets.  There was no change in the carrying value of noncontrolling interests during the years ended December 
31, 2011 and 2010.   

11.  Stockholders’ Deficit  

At December 31, 2011, 480,000,000 shares of common stock, 600,000 shares of cumulative preferred stock, and 5,000,000 shares of 
preference  stock  were  authorized.    The  following  table  summarizes  the  preferred,  preference  and  common  stock,  net  of  treasury 
shares, outstanding. 

Balance, December 31, 2008 
Repurchase of common stock 
Issuances of common stock  
Conversions to common stock  
Balance, December 31, 2009 

Repurchase of common stock 
Issuances of common stock  
Conversions to common stock  
Balance, December 31, 2010 

Repurchase of common stock  
Issuances of common stock  
Conversions to common stock  
Balance, December 31, 2011 

Preferred 
Stock 

Preference 
Stock 

 135  
 -  
 -  
 (50) 
 85  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 85  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 85  

 36,056  
 -  
 -  
 (3,977) 
 32,079  

 -  
 -  
 (4,296) 
 27,783  

 -  
 -  
 (3,447) 
 24,336  

Issued 
 323,337,912  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 323,337,912  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 323,337,912  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 323,337,912  

Common Stock 

Treasury 
 (117,156,719) 
 -  
 949,689  
 66,946  
 (116,140,084) 

 (4,687,304) 
 876,794  
 43,684  
 (119,906,910) 

 (4,692,200) 
 963,448  
 48,820  
 (123,586,842) 

Outstanding 
 206,181,193  

 207,197,828  

 203,431,002  

 199,751,070  

The preferred stock (4% preferred stock) is entitled to cumulative dividends at a rate of $2 per year and can be converted into 24.24 
shares of common stock, subject to adjustment in certain events.  The 4% preferred stock is redeemable at our option at a price of $50 
per  share,  plus  dividends  accrued  through  the  redemption  date.    At  December  31,  2011,  there  were  2,060  shares  of  common  stock 
reserved for issuance upon conversion of the 4% preferred stock. 

The preference stock ($2.12 preference stock) is entitled to cumulative dividends at a rate of $2.12 per year and can be converted into 
16.53 shares of common stock, subject to adjustment in certain events.  The $2.12 preference stock is redeemable at our option at a 
price of $28 per share.  At December 31, 2011, there were 402,274 shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon conversion of 
the $2.12 preference stock. 

54

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

The Board of Directors determines the dividend rate, terms of redemption, terms of conversion (if any) and other pertinent features of 
future issuances of preferred and preference stock.  Cash dividends paid on common stock were $1.48 per share, $1.46 per share and 
$1.44 per share for 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.  At December 31, 2011, 38,565,913 shares of common stock were reserved for 
issuance under our dividend reinvestment and other corporate plans.  

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss are as follow: 

Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Net unrealized loss on derivatives 
Net unrealized gain on investment securities  
Net unamortized loss on pension and postretirement plans 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss  

12.  Stock Plans 

Stock-based compensation expense was as follows: 

Stock options  
Restricted stock units  
Employee stock purchase plans  
Pre-tax stock-based compensation  

$

$

$

$

2011  

 83,952  
 (8,438) 
 4,387  
 (741,546) 
 (661,645) 

2010  
 137,521  
 (10,445) 
 1,439  
 (602,321) 
 (473,806) 

   $ 

   $ 

2009  
 153,206  
 (11,738) 
 649  
 (601,909) 
 (459,792) 

$

$

Years ended December 31, 
2010  

2009  

2011  

 4,663  
 14,285  
 -  
 18,948  

$

$

 5,371  
 15,081  
 -  
 20,452  

   $ 

   $ 

 6,649  
 14,888  
 224  
 21,761  

The following table shows stock-based compensation expense as included in the Consolidated Statements of Income: 

Cost of equipment sales  
Cost of support services  
Cost of business services  
Selling, general and administrative 
Research and development 
Pre-tax stock-based compensation  
Income tax  
Stock-based compensation expense, net  

Basic earnings per share impact  

Diluted earnings per share impact  

Years ended December 31, 
2010  

2009  

2011  

 1,292  
 557  
 770  
 15,689  
 640  
 18,948  
 (6,170) 
 12,778  

 0.06  

 0.06  

$

$

$

$

 1,397  
 602  
 831  
 16,936  
 686  
 20,452  
 (7,265) 
 13,187  

   $ 

   $ 

 0.06  

   $ 

 0.06  

   $ 

 1,486  
 640  
 884  
 18,020  
 731  
 21,761  
 (7,458) 
 14,303  

 0.07  

 0.07  

$

$

$

$

At December 31, 2011, $19 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options and restricted stock units is 
expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.7 years. 

Stock Plans 

Long-term incentive awards are provided to employees under the terms of our plans.  The Executive Compensation Committee of the 
Board of Directors administers these plans.  Awards granted under these plans may include stock options, restricted stock units, other 
stock-based  awards,  cash  or  any  combination  thereof.    We  settle  employee  stock  compensation  awards  with  treasury  shares.    Our 

55

  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

stock-based compensation awards require a minimum requisite service period of one year for retirement eligible employees to vest.  
At December 31, 2011, there were 16,903,013 shares available for future grants under our stock plans.   

Stock Options 

Under our stock option plan, certain officers and employees are granted options at prices equal to the market value of our common 
shares at the date of grant.  Options granted in 2008 generally become exercisable in four equal installments during the first four years 
following their grant and expire ten years from the date of grant.  Options granted on or after 2009 generally become exercisable in 
three equal installments during the first three years following their grant and expire ten years from the date of grant.  

The following tables summarize information about stock option activity during 2011: 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2010 
 Granted  
 Exercised  
 Cancelled  
 Forfeited  
Options outstanding at December 31, 2011 

Per share 
weighted-
average exercise 
price 
$37.38 
$26.07 
$25.15 
$37.61 
$27.27 
$36.42 

Shares  
 14,506,522  
 1,312,910  
 (55,484) 
 (1,266,537) 
 (25,947) 
 14,471,464  

Options exercisable at December 31, 2011 

 11,478,630  

$39.13 

The options exercisable at December 31, 2011 had no intrinsic value.  The intrinsic value of options exercised in 2011 was less than 
$1 million.  No options were exercised during 2010 and 2009.    

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2011: 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

Range of per 
share exercise 
prices 
$22.09 - $30.99 
$31.00 - $36.99 
$37.00 - $42.99 
$43.00 - $48.03 

Number 
 3,986,021  
 3,207,738  
 3,842,311  
 3,435,394  
 14,471,464  

Per share 
weighted-
average 
exercise 
price 
$24.23 
$34.71 
$41.12 
$46.90 
$36.42 

Weighted-
average 
remaining 
contractual 
life 
8.0 years 
3.6 years 
2.4 years 
4.7 years 
4.5 years 

Number 
 1,370,704  
 2,830,221  
 3,842,311  
 3,435,394  
 11,478,630  

Per share 
weighted-
average 
exercise 
price 
$23.78 
$34.42 
$41.12 
$46.90 
$39.13 

Weighted-
average 
remaining 
contractual 
life 
7.4 years 
3.3 years 
2.4 years 
3.7 years 
3.6 years 

We estimate the fair value of stock options using a Black-Scholes valuation model.  Key input assumptions used to estimate the fair 
value  of  stock  options  include  the  volatility  of  our  stock,  the  risk-free  interest  rate  and  our  dividend  yield.    Our  estimates of  stock 
volatility are based on historical price changes of our stock.  The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. treasuries with a term equal to 
the expected option term.  The expected life, or holding period, of the award is based on historical experience.   

We believe that the valuation technique and the approach utilized to develop the underlying assumptions are appropriate in estimating 
the fair value of our stock option grants.  Estimates of fair value are not intended to predict actual future events or the value ultimately 
realized  by  employees  who  receive  equity  awards,  and  subsequent  events  are  not  indicative  of  the  reasonableness  of  the  original 
estimates of fair value. 

56

  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

The fair value of stock options granted and related assumptions are as follows: 

Expected dividend yield  
Expected stock price volatility 
Risk-free interest rate 
Expected life – years 
Weighted-average fair value per option granted  

Restricted Stock Units  

2011  

6.1% 
26.1% 
3.3% 
7.4  
$3.45 

Years ended December 31, 
2010  

6.1% 
25.6% 
3.2% 
7.3  
$2.82 

2009  

4.5% 
21.4% 
2.4% 
7.5  
$3.04 

Restricted stock units are granted to employees and entitle the holder to shares of common stock as the units vest, typically over a four 
year service period.  The fair value of the units is determined on the grant date based on our stock price at that date less the present 
value of expected dividends.  The following table summarizes information about restricted stock units during 2011: 

Restricted stock units outstanding at December 31, 2010 
Granted  
Vested  
Forfeited  
Restricted stock units outstanding at December 31, 2011 

Units / Shares 

 1,637,242  
 662,049  
 (543,688) 
 (126,548) 
 1,629,055  

  Weighted-average 
grant date fair value 
$25.55 
$22.44 
$26.89 
$23.12 
$22.33 

The intrinsic value of restricted stock units outstanding at December 31, 2011 was $30 million.  The intrinsic value of restricted stock 
units vested during 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $13 million, $9 million and $5 million, respectively.   

Employee Stock Purchase Plans (ESPP) 

Substantially all U.S. and Canadian employees can purchase shares of our common stock at an offering price of 95% of the average 
price of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the offering date.  At no time will the exercise price be less than the 
lowest price permitted under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code.  We may grant rights to purchase up to 5,108,794 common 
shares under the ESPP.  We granted rights to purchase 258,667 shares, 318,556 shares and 540,660 shares in 2011, 2010 and 2009, 
respectively.   

Directors’ Stock Plan 

Under this plan, each non-employee director is granted 2,200 shares of restricted common stock annually.  The shares carry full voting 
and dividend rights but, except as provided herein, may not be transferred or alienated until the later of (1) termination of service as a 
director, or, if earlier, the date of a change of control, or (2) the expiration of the six-month period following the grant of such shares.  
If a director terminates service as a director prior to the expiration of the six-month period following a grant of restricted stock, that 
award will be forfeited.  The Directors’ Stock Plan permits certain limited dispositions of restricted common stock to family members, 
family trusts or partnerships, as well as donations to charity after the expiration of the six-month holding period, provided the director 
retains a minimum of 7,500 shares of restricted common stock.  We granted 22,000 shares to non-employee directors in 2011, and 
26,400 shares in 2010 and 2009.  Compensation expense, net of taxes, was less than $1 million in each of the years ended December 
31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.  

57

  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

13.  Fair Value Measurements and Derivative Instruments 

We measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis.  Fair value is a market-based measure considered 
from the perspective of a market participant rather than an entity-specific measure.  An entity is required to classify certain assets and 
liabilities measured at fair value based on the following fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value:   

Level 1 – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.   

Level 2 – Quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities 
in active markets or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of 
the assets or liabilities.  

Level  3  –  Unobservable  inputs  that  are  supported  by  little  or  no  market  activity,  may  be  derived  from  internally  developed 
methodologies based on management’s best estimate of fair value and that are significant to the fair value of the asset or liability.   

The following tables show, by level within the fair value hierarchy, our financial assets and liabilities that are accounted for at fair 
value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.  Financial assets and liabilities are classified in 
their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  Our assessment of the significance of 
a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment and may affect placement within the fair value hierarchy.   

58

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

December 31, 2011 

Assets: 
  Investment securities 
     Money market funds/commercial paper 
     Equity securities 
     Commingled fixed income securities 
     Debt securities - U.S. and foreign  
       governments, agencies, and municipalities 
     Debt securities - corporate notes and bonds  
     Mortgage-backed/asset-backed securities  
 Derivatives 
     Interest rate swaps  
     Foreign exchange contracts  
Total assets  

Liabilities: 
 Derivatives 
     Foreign exchange contracts  
Total liabilities 

Assets: 
  Investment securities 
     Money market funds/commercial paper 
     Equity securities 
     Commingled fixed income securities 

     Debt securities - U.S. and foreign  
       governments, agencies, and municipalities 
     Debt securities - corporate notes and bonds  
     Mortgage-backed/asset-backed securities  
 Derivatives 
     Interest rate swaps  
     Foreign exchange contracts 
Total assets  

Liabilities: 
 Derivatives 
     Foreign exchange contracts 
Total liabilities 

$

$

$
$

$

$

$
$

-  
-  
-  

-  
-  
-  

-  
-  
-  

-  
-  

 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  

$

$

$
$

$

$

$
$

 539,859  
 22,097  
 27,747  

 112,217  
 31,467  
 134,262  

 15,465  
 4,230  
 887,344  

 (1,439) 
 (1,439) 

Total 

 257,605  
 23,410  
 27,158  

 95,396  
 16,343  
 94,994  

 10,280  
 2,887  
 528,073  

 (6,907) 
 (6,907) 

  $

 239,157  
-  
-  

 93,175  
-  
-  

-  
-  
 332,332  

  $

 300,702  
 22,097  
 27,747  

 19,042  
 31,467  
 134,262  

 15,465  
 4,230  
 555,012  

  $

  $

-  
-  

  $
  $

 (1,439) 
 (1,439) 

  $
  $

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

December 31, 2010 

  $

 256,074  
 -  
 -  

 74,425  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 330,499  

  $

 1,531  
 23,410  
 27,158  

 20,971  
 16,343  
 94,994  

 10,280  
 2,887  
 197,574  

  $

  $

 -  
 -  

  $
  $

 (6,907) 
 (6,907) 

  $
  $

59

  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Investment Securities 

For our investments, we use the market approach for recurring fair value measurements and the valuation techniques use inputs that 
are  observable,  or  can  be  corroborated  by  observable  data,  in  an  active  marketplace.    The  following  information  relates  to  our 
classification into the fair value hierarchy: 

•  Money Market Funds / Commercial Paper:  Money market funds typically invest in government securities, certificates of deposit, 
commercial paper and other highly liquid, low-risk securities.  Money market funds are principally used for overnight deposits 
and  are  classified  as  Level  1  when  unadjusted  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  are  available  and  as  Level  2  when  they  are  not 
actively traded on an exchange.  Direct investments in commercial paper are not listed on an exchange in an active market and are 
classified as Level 2.   

•  Equity Securities: Equity securities are comprised of mutual funds investing in U.S. and foreign common stock.  These mutual 

funds are not listed on an exchange in an active market and are classified as Level 2. 

•  Commingled Fixed Income Securities:  Mutual funds that invest in a variety of fixed income securities including securities of the 
U.S. government and its agencies, corporate debt, mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities.  Value of the funds is 
based  on  the  net  asset  value  (NAV)  per  unit  as  reported  by  the  fund  manager.    NAV  is  based  on  the  market  value  of  the 
underlying  investments  owned  by  each  fund,  minus  its  liabilities,  divided  by  the  number  of  shares  outstanding.    These 
commingled funds are not listed on an exchange in an active market and are classified as Level 2. 

•  Debt Securities – U.S. and Foreign Governments, Agencies and Municipalities:  Debt securities are classified as Level 1 where 
active, high volume trades for identical securities exist.  Valuation adjustments are not applied to these securities.  Debt securities 
valued using quoted market prices for similar securities or benchmarking model derived prices to quoted market prices and trade 
data for identical or comparable securities are classified as Level 2. 

•  Debt Securities – Corporate:  Corporate debt securities are valued using recently executed transactions, market price quotations 

where observable, or bond spreads of securities with identical maturities.  These securities are classified as Level 2. 

•  Mortgage-Backed  Securities  (MBS)  /  Asset-Backed  Securities  (ABS):    These  securities  are  valued  based  on  external  pricing 
indices.  When external index pricing is not observable, MBS and ABS are valued based on external price/spread data.  These 
securities are classified as Level 2.  

Investment securities include investments by The Pitney Bowes Bank (PBB).  PBB is a wholly owned subsidiary and a Utah-chartered 
Industrial  Loan  Company  (ILC).    The  bank’s  investments  at  December  31,  2011  were  $282  million  and  were  reported  in  the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as cash and cash equivalents of $28 million, short-term investments of $11 million and other assets of 
$243 million.  The bank’s investments at December 31, 2010 were $246 million and were reported as cash and cash equivalents of $61 
million, short-term investments of $27 million and other assets of $158 million.     

We have not experienced any other than temporary impairments in our investment portfolio.  The majority of our MBS are guaranteed 
by the U.S. government.  Market events have not caused our money market funds to experience declines in their net asset value below 
$1.00  per  share  or  to  impose  limits  on  redemptions.    We  have  no  investments  in  inactive  markets  which  would  warrant  a  possible 
change  in  our  pricing  methods  or  classification  within  the  fair  value  hierarchy.    Further,  we  have  no  investments  in  auction  rate 
securities. 

Derivative Instruments  

As required by the fair value measurements guidance, we have incorporated counterparty credit risk and our credit risk into the fair 
value measurement of our derivative assets and liabilities, respectively.  We derive credit risk from observable data related to credit 
default swaps.  We have not seen a material change in the creditworthiness of those banks acting as derivative counterparties.   

The valuation of our interest rate swaps is based on the income approach using a model with inputs that are observable or that can be 
derived from or corroborated by observable market data.  The valuation of our foreign exchange derivatives is based on the market 
approach using observable market inputs, such as forward rates.    

60

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

The following is a summary of our derivative fair values at December 31, 2011 and 2010: 

Designation of Derivatives 

Balance Sheet Location 

Derivatives designated as hedging 
instruments 

   Other current assets and prepayments: 

Fair Value at December 31,  
2010  

2011  

  Foreign exchange contracts 

$

 780  

   $

 160  

   Other assets: 

  Interest rate swaps 
Accounts payable and accrued 
liabilities: 
  Foreign exchange contracts 

Derivatives not designated as 
hedging instruments 

   Other current assets and prepayments: 

  Foreign exchange contracts 
Accounts payable and accrued 
liabilities: 
  Foreign exchange contracts 

   Total Derivative Assets 
   Total Derivative Liabilities 
   Total Net Derivative Assets 

 15,465  

 10,280  

 79  

 716  

 3,450  

 2,727  

 1,360  

$

$

 19,695  
 1,439  
 18,256  

   $

   $

 6,191  

 13,167  
 6,907  
 6,260  

Interest Rate Swaps 
Derivatives designated as fair value hedges include interest rate swaps related to fixed rate debt.  Changes in the fair value of both the 
interest  rate  swaps  and  the  underlying  debt  are  recognized  in  earnings  as  interest  expense.    At  December  31,  2011,  we  have 
outstanding interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional value of $850 million that effectively convert fixed rate interest payments 
on the $400 million 4.625% notes due in 2012 and the $450 million 4.875% notes due in 2014 into variable rates.  See Note 8 for 
further details.  The aggregate fair value of these interest rate swaps at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was an asset of $15 million and 
$10 million, respectively. 

The following represents the results of our interest rate swaps for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010: 

Derivative Instrument 
Interest rate swaps 

   Location of Gain (Loss) 

Interest expense 

2011  
 11,583  

$

2010  
 13,261  

  $

  $ 

Derivative Gain Recognized 
in Earnings 

Hedged Item Expense 
Recognized in Earnings 
2010  
2011  
$  (26,667) 
 (33,125) 

Foreign Exchange Contracts 
We enter into foreign currency exchange contracts arising from the anticipated purchase of inventory between affiliates and from third 
parties.    These  contracts  are  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges.    The  effective  portion  of  the  gain  or  loss  on  the  cash  flow  hedges  is 
included in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) in the period that the change in fair value occurs and is reclassified to 
earnings in the period that the hedged item is recorded in earnings.  At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had outstanding contracts 
with a notional amount of $19 million and $25 million, respectively.  These contracts had a net asset value of $1 million at December 
31, 2011 and a net liability value of $1 million at December 31, 2010.   

As of December 31, 2011, all of the derivative loss recognized in AOCI will be recognized in earnings within the next 12 months.  No 
amount of ineffectiveness was recorded in earnings for these designated cash flow hedges. 

61

  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

The following represents the results of cash flow hedging relationships for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010: 

Derivative Instrument 
Foreign exchange contracts 

Derivative Gain (Loss) 
Recognized in AOCI 
(Effective Portion)  
2010  

2011  

   $ 

 2,141  

   $

 (470) 

Location of Gain (Loss) 
(Effective Portion) 
Revenue 
Cost of sales 

Gain (Loss) Reclassified 
from AOCI to Earnings 
(Effective Portion) 

2011  

   $ 

   $ 

 (166) 
 (719) 
 (885) 

  $

  $

2010  

 1,024  
 (452) 
 572  

We also enter into foreign exchange contracts to minimize the impact of exchange rate fluctuations on short-term intercompany loans 
and related interest that are denominated in a foreign currency.  The revaluation of the intercompany loans and interest and the mark-
to-market on the derivatives are both recorded to earnings.  At December 31, 2011, outstanding foreign exchange contracts to buy or 
sell  various  currencies  had  a  net  asset  value  of  $2  million.    The  contracts  mature  by  March  30,  2012.    At  December  31,  2010, 
outstanding foreign exchange contracts to buy or sell various currencies had a net liability value of $3 million.   

The following represents the results of our non-designated derivative instruments for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010: 

Derivative Instrument 

Location of Derivative Gain (Loss) 

Foreign exchange contracts 

   Selling, general and administrative expense 

$

Derivative Gain (Loss)  
Recognized in Earnings 
2010  
2011  
 (22,158) 
 (17,214) 

   $

Credit-Risk-Related Contingent Features 
We  are  not  required  to  post  collateral  with  respect  to  our  derivative  instruments;  however,  certain  derivative  instruments  contain 
provisions that would require us to post collateral if our long-term senior unsecured debt ratings fall below BB- / Ba3.  At December 
31, 2011, our long-term senior unsecured debt ratings were BBB+ / A2.  Based on derivative values at December 31, 2011, had our 
long-term debt ratings fallen below BB- / Ba3, we would have been required to post $1 million in collateral. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

Our  financial  instruments  include  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  investment  securities,  accounts  receivable,  loans  receivable,  accounts 
payable,  notes  payable,  long-term  debt  and  derivative  instruments.    The  carrying  value  for  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  accounts 
receivable,  accounts  payable  and  notes  payable  approximate  fair  value  because  of  the  short  maturity  of  these  instruments.    The 
carrying values and estimated fair value of our remaining financial instruments at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was as follows: 

Investment securities  
Loan receivables 
Derivatives, net  
Debt 

December 31, 2011 

December 31, 2010 

Carrying value  
 860,614  
$ 
 454,838  
$ 
$ 
 18,256  
 4,233,909  
$ 

  $
  $
  $
  $

Fair value 

Carrying value 

Fair value 

 867,649  
 454,838  
 18,256  
 4,364,176  

  $
  $
  $
  $

 538,562  
 459,235  
 6,260  
 4,289,248  

   $ 
   $ 
   $ 
   $ 

 540,697  
 459,235  
 6,260  
 4,376,834  

The following methods were used to estimate the fair values of other financial instruments: 

Investment  securities  –  the  fair  value  of  investment  securities  was  based  on  quoted  market  prices  on  an  active  exchange  where 
available  or  based  on  quoted  market  prices  for  similar  securities,  benchmarking  model  derived  prices,  bond  spreads  or  other 
observable data.   

Loan receivables – the fair value of loan receivables is based on anticipated cash flows, which approximates carrying value. 

Debt  –  The  fair  value  of  debt  is  estimated  based  on  quoted  market  prices  for  the  identical  issue  when  traded  in  an  active  market.  
When a quoted market price is not available, the fair value is determined using rates currently available to the Company for debt with 
similar terms and remaining maturities.     

62

  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

14.  Restructuring Charges and Asset Impairments 

2009 Program 

In 2009, we announced that we were undertaking a series of strategic transformation initiatives designed to transform and enhance the 
way  we  operate  as  a  global  company  (the  2009  Program).    The  program  aims  to  enhance  our  responsiveness  to  changing  market 
conditions  and  create  improved  processes  and  systems  to  further  enable  us  to  invest  in  future  growth  in  areas  such  as  our  global 
customer  interactions  and  product  development  processes.    Total  pre-tax  costs  for  this  program  costs  were  approximately  $385 
million.  At the end of 2011, the 2009 Program is substantially completed and we do not anticipate any further significant charges 
under this program.  Most of the costs were cash-related charges.  The majority of the remaining restructuring payments are expected 
to be paid over the next 12 – 24 months.  Due to certain international labor laws and long-term lease agreements, some payments will 
extend beyond 24 months.  We expect that cash flows from operations will be sufficient to fund these payments.  

During 2011, we recorded pre-tax restructuring charges and asset impairments associated with this program of $138 million, which 
included $103 million for employee severance and benefits costs, an $8 million pension and retiree medical curtailment charge, asset 
impairments  of  $13  million  and  other  exit  costs  of  $13  million.    Additional  asset  impairment  charges  of  $17  million  for  the 
impairment of certain intangible assets unrelated to this program were also recorded during 2011 (See Note 6).   

Activity in the reserves for the restructuring actions taken in connection with the 2009 Program and asset impairments for the years 
ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:   

Severance and 
benefits costs 

Pension and 
Retiree 
Medical 

Asset 
impairments 

Other exit 
costs 

Total 

Balance at January 1, 2010 

$ 

 45,895  

  $

 -  

  $

 -  

  $ 

 6,807  

  $

 52,702  

Expenses 
Gain on sale of facility 
Cash (payments) receipts 
Non-cash charges 
Balance at December 31, 2010 

Expenses 
Gain on sale of facility 
Cash (payments) receipts 
Non-cash charges 
Balance at December 31, 2011  $ 

 115,557  
 -  
 (73,283) 
 -  
 88,169  

 103,303  
 -  
 (84,899) 
 -  
 106,573  

  $

 23,620  
 -  
 -  
 (23,620) 
 -  

 8,178  
 -  
 -  
 (8,178) 
 -  

  $

 14,515  
 (8,897) 
 8,897  
 (14,515) 
 -  

 30,030  
 (601) 
 601  
 (30,030) 
 -  

 38,233  
 -  
 (38,253) 
 -  
 6,787  

 13,320  
 -  
 (19,286) 
 -  
 821  

 191,925  
 (8,897) 
 (102,639) 
 (38,135) 
 94,956  

 154,831  
 (601) 
 (103,584) 
 (38,208) 
 107,394  

  $

  $ 

63

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

2007 Program 

In 2007, we announced a program to lower our cost structure, accelerate efforts to improve operational efficiencies and transition our 
product  line  (the  2007  Program).    This  program  included  charges  primarily  associated  with  older  equipment  that  we  had  stopped 
selling upon transition to the new generation of fully digital, networked, and remotely-downloadable equipment.  We are not recording 
additional restructuring charges under the 2007 Program; however, due to international labor laws and long-term lease agreements, we 
are still making cash payments under this program and expect these payments to be substantially complete in the next 12 months.  We 
expect that cash flows from operations will be sufficient to fund these payments. 

Activity in the reserves for restructuring actions taken in connection with the 2007 Program for years ended December 31, 2011 and 
2010 is as follows:   

Severance and 
benefits costs 

Other exit 
costs 

Total 

Balance at January 1, 2010 

$ 

 27,897  

$

 8,027  

  $

 35,924  

Expenses 
Cash payments 
Balance at December 31, 2010 

Expenses 
Cash payments 
Balance at December 31, 2011 

$ 

 (684) 
 (13,743) 
 13,470  

 (2,260) 
 (2,210) 
 9,000  

 (70) 
 (3,183) 
 4,774  

 (849) 
 (1,208) 
 2,717  

  $

 (754) 
 (16,926) 
 18,244  

 (3,109) 
 (3,418) 
 11,717  

$

15.  Commitments and Contingencies 

Legal Proceedings 

In the ordinary course of business, we are routinely defendants in, or party to a number of pending and threatened legal actions.  These 
may involve litigation by or against us relating to, among other things, contractual rights under vendor, insurance or other contracts; 
intellectual  property  or  patent  rights;  equipment,  service,  payment  or  other  disputes  with  customers;  or  disputes  with  employees.  
Some of these actions may be brought as a purported class action on behalf of a purported class of employees, customers or others.   

Our  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  Imagitas,  Inc.,  is  a  defendant  in  several  purported  class  actions  initially  filed  in  six  different  states.  
These lawsuits have been coordinated in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida, In re: Imagitas, Driver’s 
Privacy  Protection  Act  Litigation  (Coordinated,  May  28,  2007).    Each  of  these  lawsuits  alleges  that  the  Imagitas  DriverSource 
program  violated  the  federal  Drivers  Privacy  Protection  Act  (DPPA).    Under  the  DriverSource  program,  Imagitas  entered  into 
contracts with state governments to mail out automobile registration renewal materials along with third party advertisements, without 
revealing the personal information of any state resident to any advertiser.  The DriverSource program assisted the state in performing 
its  governmental  function  of  delivering  these  mailings  and  funding  the  costs  of  them.    The  plaintiffs  in  these  actions  were  seeking 
statutory  damages  under  the  DPPA.    On  December  21,  2009,  the  Eleventh  Circuit  Court  affirmed  the  District  Court’s  summary 
judgment  decision  in  Rine,  et  al.  v.  Imagitas,  Inc.  (United  States  District  Court,  Middle  District  of  Florida,  filed  August  1,  2006) 
which  ruled  in  Imagitas’  favor  and  dismissed  that  litigation.    That  decision  is  now  final,  with  no  further  appeals  available.    With 
respect to the remaining state cases, on December 30, 2011, the District Court ruled in Imagitas’ favor and dismissed the litigation.  
Plaintiff has filed a notice of appeal to the Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit.  Based upon our current understanding of the 
facts and applicable laws, we do not believe there is a reasonable possibility that any loss has been incurred. 

On October 28, 2009, the Company and certain of its current and former officers were named as defendants in NECA-IBEW Health & 
Welfare Fund v. Pitney Bowes Inc. et al., a class action lawsuit filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut.  The 
complaint  asserts  claims  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  on  behalf  of  those  who  purchased  the  common  stock  of  the 
Company during the period between July 30, 2007 and October 29, 2007 alleging that the Company, in essence, missed two financial 
projections.  Plaintiffs filed an amended complaint on September 20, 2010.  After briefing on the motion to dismiss was completed, 
the  plaintiffs  filed  a  new  amended  complaint  on  February  17,  2012.    We  intend  to  move  to  dismiss  this  new  amended  complaint.  
Based upon our current understanding of the facts and applicable laws, we do not believe there is a reasonable possibility that any loss 
has been incurred. 

64

  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

We expect to prevail in the legal actions above; however, as litigation is inherently unpredictable, there can be no assurance in this 
regard.  If the plaintiffs do prevail, the results may have a material effect on our financial position, future results of operations or cash 
flows, including, for example, our ability to offer certain types of goods or services in the future. 

16.  Leases 

We  lease  office  facilities,  sales  and  service  offices,  equipment  and  other  properties,  generally  under  operating  lease  agreements 
extending  from  three  to  25  years.    Rental  expense  was  $117  million,  $118  million  and  $125  million  in  2011,  2010  and  2009, 
respectively.  Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2011 are as follows: 

Years ending December 31, 
2012  
2013  
2014  
2015  
2016  
Thereafter  
Total minimum lease payments  

$

$

 92,275  
 63,288  
 40,082  
 26,330  
 15,952  
 21,856  
 259,783  

65

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

17.  Finance Assets 

Finance Receivables 

Finance  receivables  are  comprised  of  sales-type  lease  receivables  and  unsecured  revolving  loan  receivables.    Sales-type  leases  are 
generally due in monthly, quarterly or semi-annual installments over periods ranging from three to five years.  Loan receivables arise 
primarily from financing services offered to our customers for postage and related supplies.   Loan receivables are generally due each 
month; however, customers may rollover outstanding balances.  Finance receivables at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows: 

Sales-type lease receivables 
Gross finance receivables  
Unguaranteed residual values  
Unearned income  
Allowance for credit losses  
Net investment in sales-type lease receivables  

Loan receivables 
Loan receivables 
Allowance for credit losses  
Net investment in loan receivables  
Net investment in finance receivables  

$

$

North America 

December 31, 2011 
International 

  $ 

  $

 1,727,653  
 185,450  
 (348,286) 
 (28,661) 
 1,536,156  

 460,101  
 20,443  
 (102,618) 
 (12,039) 
 365,887  

Total 

 2,187,754  
 205,893  
 (450,904) 
 (40,700) 
 1,902,043  

 436,631  
 (20,272) 
 416,359  
 1,952,515  

  $

 40,937  
 (2,458) 
 38,479  
 404,366  

  $ 

 477,568  
 (22,730) 
 454,838  
 2,356,881  

North America 

December 31, 2010 
International 

Total 

Sales-type lease receivables 
Gross finance receivables  
Unguaranteed residual values  
Unearned income  
Allowance for credit losses  
Net investment in sales-type lease receivables  

Loan Receivables 
Loan receivables 
Allowance for credit losses  
Net investment in loan receivables  
Net investment in finance receivables  

$

$

  $ 

  $

 1,940,833  
 235,392  
 (415,891) 
 (27,792) 
 1,732,542  

 474,895  
 20,333  
 (107,592) 
 (13,318) 
 374,318  

 2,415,728  
 255,725  
 (523,483) 
 (41,110) 
 2,106,860  

 453,362  
 (26,208) 
 427,154  
 2,159,696  

  $

 34,193  
 (2,112) 
 32,081  
 406,399  

  $ 

 487,555  
 (28,320) 
 459,235  
 2,566,095  

66

  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Maturities of gross finance receivables at December 31, 2011 were as follows: 

Sales-type Lease Receivables 

Loan Receivables 

North 
America 

   International 

Total 

North 
America 

International 

Total 

   $ 

2012  
2013  
2014  
2015  
2016  
Thereafter  

$ 

 737,813  
 492,477  
 299,965  
 151,598  
 44,487  
 1,313  

  $

  $

 118,938  
 105,440  
 92,832  
 73,762  
 60,666  
 8,463  

 856,751  
 597,917  
 392,797  
 225,360  
 105,153  
 9,776  

 436,631  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

  $ 

  $

 40,937  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

477,568  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

Total 

$ 

1,727,653  

   $ 

 460,101  

  $

2,187,754  

  $

 436,631  

  $ 

 40,937  

  $

477,568  

Activity in the allowance for credit losses for finance receivables for each of the three years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 
is as follows: 

Sales-type Lease Receivables 

Loan Receivables 

Allowance for Credit Losses 

North 
America 

$ 

$ 

 31,182  
 19,067  
 (19,244) 
 31,005  
 13,211  
 (16,424) 
 27,792  
 13,726  
 (12,857) 
 28,661  

International 

North 
America 

International 

Total 

   $

   $

 12,232  
 8,674  
 (7,829) 
 13,077  
 6,719  
 (6,478) 
 13,318  
 5,087  
 (6,366) 
 12,039  

  $

  $

 25,759  
 32,007  
 (31,927) 
 25,839  
 20,046  
 (19,677) 
 26,208  
 7,631  
 (13,567) 
 20,272  

$

$

 2,617  
 2,007  
 (2,387) 
 2,237  
 2,024  
 (2,149) 
 2,112  
 1,610  
 (1,264) 
 2,458  

   $

   $

 71,790  
 61,755  
 (61,387) 
 72,158  
 42,000  
 (44,728) 
 69,430  
 28,054  
 (34,054) 
 63,430  

Balance January 1, 2009 
Amounts charged to expense 
Accounts written off 
Balance December 31, 2009 
Amounts charged to expense 
Accounts written off 
Balance December 31, 2010 
Amounts charged to expense 
Accounts written off 
Balance December 31, 2011 

We maintain a program for U.S. borrowers in our North America loan portfolio who are experiencing financial difficulties, but are 
able  to  make  reduced  payments  over  an  extended  period  of  time.   Upon  acceptance  into  the  program,  the  borrower’s  credit  line  is 
closed, interest accrual is suspended, the borrower’s minimum required payment is reduced and the account is re-aged and classified 
as current.  There is generally no forgiveness of debt or reduction of balances owed.  The loans in the program are considered to be 
troubled  debt  restructurings  because  of  the  concessions  granted  to  the  borrower.   At  December  31,  2011  and  2010,  loans  in  this 
program had a balance of $7 million.     

The allowance for credit losses for these modified loans is determined by the difference between cash flows expected to be received 
from the borrower discounted at the original effective rate and the carrying value of the loan.  The allowance for credit losses related 
to  such  loans  was  $2  million  and  $1  million  at  December  31,  2011  and  2010,  respectively,  and  is  included  in  the  balance  of  the 
allowance for credit losses of North American loans in the table above.  Management believes that the allowance for credit losses is 
adequate for these loans and all other loans in the portfolio.  Write-offs of loans in the program were $1 million in each of the years 
ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.   

67

  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

The aging of gross finance receivables at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was as follows: 

Sales-type Lease Receivables 

Loan Receivables 

North 
America 

International 

North 
America 

International 

Total 

 1,641,706  
 41,018  
 24,309  
 4,912  
 15,708  
 1,727,653  

   $

   $

 434,811  
 10,152  
 5,666  
 3,207  
 6,265  
 460,101  

 4,912  
 15,708  
 20,620  

   $

   $

 3,207  
 6,265  
 9,472  

 1,831,655  
 45,234  
 29,380  
 8,654  
 25,910  
 1,940,833  

   $

   $

 447,459  
 10,018  
 4,743  
 3,985  
 8,690  
 474,895  

 8,654  
 25,910  
 34,564  

   $

   $

 3,985  
 8,690  
 12,675  

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

 414,434  
 12,399  
 4,362  
 2,328  
 3,108  
 436,631  

 -  
 5,436  
 5,436  

 430,042  
 12,081  
 4,711  
 2,712  
 3,816  
 453,362  

 -  
 6,528  
 6,528  

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

 38,841  
 1,066  
 425  
 186  
 419  
 40,937  

   $  2,529,792  
 64,635  
 34,762  
 10,633  
 25,500  
   $  2,665,322  

 -  
 605  
 605  

   $

   $

 8,119  
 28,014  
 36,133  

 32,389  
 1,149  
 325  
 192  
 138  
 34,193  

   $  2,741,545  
 68,482  
 39,159  
 15,543  
 38,554  
   $  2,903,283  

 -  
 330  
 330  

   $

   $

 12,639  
 41,458  
 54,097  

December 31, 2011 
< 31 days past due 
> 30 days and < 61 days  
> 60 days and < 91 days  
> 90 days and < 121 days  
> 120 days 

TOTAL 

Past due amounts > 90 days 
Still accruing interest 
Not accruing interest 
TOTAL 

December 31, 2010 
< 31 days past due 
> 30 days and < 61 days  
> 60 days and < 91 days  
> 90 days and < 121 days  
> 120 days 

TOTAL 

Past due amounts > 90 days 
Still accruing interest 
Not accruing interest 
TOTAL 

Credit Quality  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

We use credit scores as one of many data elements in making the decision to grant credit at inception, setting credit lines at inception, 
managing credit lines through the life of the customer, and to assist in collections strategy.   

We  use  a  third  party  to  score  the  majority  of  the  North  American  portfolio  on  a  quarterly  basis  using  a  commercial  credit  score.  
Accounts may not receive a score because of data issues related to SIC information, customer identification mismatches between the 
various data sources and other reasons.  We do not currently score the portfolios outside of North America because the cost to do so is 
prohibitive, it is a fragmented process and there is no single credit score model that covers all countries.  However, credit policies are 
similar to those in North America.     

The table below shows the North American portfolio at December 31, 2011 and 2010 by relative risk class (low, medium and high) 
based on the relative scores of the accounts within each class.  A fourth class is shown for accounts that are not scored.  The degree of 
risk,  as  defined  by  the  third  party,  refers  to  the  relative  risk  that  an  account  in  the  next  12  month  period  may  become  delinquent.  
Absence of a score is not indicative of the credit quality of the account. 

-  Low risk accounts are companies with very good credit risk  
-  Medium risk accounts are companies with average to good credit risk   
-  High risk accounts are companies with poor credit risk, are delinquent or are at risk of becoming delinquent 

Although the relative score of accounts within each class is used as a factor for determining the establishment of a customer credit 
limit, it is not indicative of our actual history of losses due to the business essential nature of our products and services. 

68

  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
                
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

The  aging  schedule  included  above,  showing  approximately  1.4%  of  the  portfolio  as  greater  than  90  days  past  due,  and  the  roll-
forward  schedule  of  the  allowance  for  credit  losses,  showing  the  actual  history  of  losses  for  the  three  most  recent  years  ended 
December 31, 2011 are more representative of the potential loss performance of our portfolio than relative risk based on scores, as 
defined by the third party. 

December 31, 2011 

2011  

2010  

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

 1,096,676  
 473,394  
 58,177  
 99,406  
 1,727,653  

 269,547  
 115,490  
 21,081  
 30,513  
 436,631  

  $

  $

  $

  $

 1,191,682  
 512,419  
 60,755  
 175,977  
 1,940,833  

 274,156  
 155,615  
 21,768  
 1,823  
 453,362  

Sales-type lease receivables 
   Risk Level 
   Low 
   Medium 
   High  
   Not Scored 
      Total 

Loan receivables 
   Risk Level 
   Low 
   Medium 
   High  
   Not Scored 
      Total 

Pitney Bowes Bank 

At  December  31,  2011,  PBB  had  assets  of  $738  million  and  liabilities  of  $680  million.    The  bank’s  assets  consist  of  finance 
receivables, short and long-term investments and cash.  PBB’s key product offering, Purchase Power, is a revolving credit solution, 
which  enables  customers  to  finance  their  postage  costs  when  they  refill  their  meter.    PBB  earns  revenue  through  transaction  fees, 
finance  charges  on  outstanding  balances,  and  other  fees  for  services.    The  bank’s  liabilities  consist  primarily  of  PBB’s  deposit 
solution,  Reserve  Account,  which  provides  value  to  large-volume  mailers  who  prefer  to  prepay  postage  and  earn  interest  on  their 
deposits.  PBB is regulated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and the Utah Department of Financial Institutions. 

Leveraged Leases 

Our investment in leveraged lease assets consists of the following: 

Rental receivables  
Unguaranteed residual values  
Principal and interest on non-recourse loans  
Unearned income  
Investment in leveraged leases  
Less: deferred taxes related to leveraged leases  
Net investment in leveraged leases  

December 31, 

2011  
 810,306  
 13,784  
 (606,708) 
 (79,111) 
 138,271  
 (101,255) 
 37,016  

2010  
 1,802,107  
 14,141  
 (1,373,651) 
 (191,591) 
 251,006  
 (192,128) 
 58,878  

  $

  $

$

$

The following is a summary of the components of income from leveraged leases: 

Pre-tax leveraged lease income  
Income tax effect  
Income from leveraged leases   

2011  

December 31, 
2010  

$

$

 6,090  
 (381) 
 5,709  

  $

  $

69

 8,334  
 (863) 
 7,471  

  $ 

  $ 

2009  

 918  
 6,676  
 7,594  

  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

During the year, we completed a sale of non-U.S. leveraged lease assets for cash.  The investment in that leveraged lease on the date 
of sale was $109 million and an after-tax gain of $27 million was recognized.  The effects of the sale are not included in the table 
above.   

There was no impact on income from leveraged leases in 2011 due to changes in statutory tax rates.  Income from leveraged leases 
was positively impacted by $2 million and $3 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively, due to changes in statutory tax rates. 

In February 2012, we signed an agreement to sell certain leveraged lease assets to the lessee.  The investment in these leveraged lease 
assets at December 31, 2011 was $109 million.  In connection with this transaction, we expect to recognize an after-tax gain, which 
will be finalized in the first quarter of 2012. 

18.  Business Segment Information 

We conduct our business activities in seven reporting segments within two business groups, Small & Medium Business Solutions and 
Enterprise Business Solutions.  The principal products and services of each of our reporting segments are as follows: 

Small & Medium Business Solutions: 

North America Mailing:  Includes the U.S. and Canadian revenue and related expenses from the sale, rental and financing of 
our  mail  finishing,  mail  creation,  shipping  equipment  and  software;  supplies;  support  and  other  professional  services;  and 
payment solutions. 

International Mailing:   Includes  the revenue  and related  expenses  from  the  sale,  rental  and  financing of our  mail  finishing, 
mail  creation,  shipping  equipment  and  software;  supplies;  support  and  other  professional  services;  and  payment  solutions 
outside North America. 

Enterprise Business Solutions: 

Production Mail:  Includes the worldwide revenue and related expenses from the sale, support and other professional services 
of our high-speed, production mail systems, sorting and production print equipment.   

Software:  Includes the worldwide revenue and related expenses from the sale and support services of non-equipment-based 
mailing, customer relationship and communication and location intelligence software. 

Management  Services:    Includes  worldwide  revenue  and  related  expenses  from  facilities  management  services;  secure  mail 
services; reprographic, document management services; and litigation support and eDiscovery services. 

Mail Services:  Includes worldwide revenue and related expenses from presort mail services and cross-border mail services. 

Marketing Services:  Includes revenue and related expenses from direct marketing services for targeted customers. 

Segment  earnings  before  interest  and  taxes  (EBIT),  a  non-GAAP  measure,  is  determined  by  deducting  from  segment  revenue  the 
related  costs  and  expenses  attributable  to  the  segment.    Segment  EBIT  excludes  interest,  taxes,  general  corporate  expenses  not 
allocated to a particular business segment, restructuring charges, asset impairments and goodwill charges which are recognized on a 
consolidated basis.  Management uses segment EBIT to measure profitability and performance at the segment level.  Segment EBIT 
may  not  be  indicative  of  our  overall  consolidated  performance  and  therefore,  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  our  consolidated 
results  of  operations.    Identifiable  assets  are  those  used  in  our  operations  and  exclude  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  short-term 
investments  and  general  corporate  assets.    Long-lived  assets  exclude  finance  receivables  and  investment  in  leveraged  leases.    The 
accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 1. 

70

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Financial information for our reportable segments is presented in the tables below: 

Revenue: 
North America Mailing  
International Mailing  
   Small & Medium Business Solutions 

Production Mail  
Software  
Management Services  
Mail Services  
Marketing Services  
   Enterprise Business Solutions 

2011  

Years ended December 31, 
2010  

2009  

$

 1,961,198  
 707,416  
 2,668,614  

$

 2,100,677  
 674,759  
 2,775,436  

   $ 

 544,483  
 407,402  
 948,891  
 567,012  
 141,572  
 2,609,360  

 561,447  
 374,750  
 999,288  
 572,795  
 141,538  
 2,649,818  

 2,211,060  
 698,140  
 2,909,200  

 531,016  
 356,355  
 1,060,907  
 570,770  
 140,923  
 2,659,971  

Total Revenue 

$

 5,277,974  

$

 5,425,254  

   $ 

 5,569,171  

EBIT: 
North America Mailing  
International Mailing  
   Small & Medium Business Solutions 

Production Mail  
Software  
Management Services  
Mail Services  
Marketing Services  
   Enterprise Business Solutions 

Total for reportable segments 

Reconciliation to consolidated amount 
   Interest, net 
   Corporate and other expenses 
   Restructuring charges and asset impairments 
   Goodwill impairment 
Income from continuing operations before taxes 

2011  

Years ended December 31, 
2010  

2009  

   $ 

 727,999  
 98,601  
 826,600  

 32,562  
 38,182  
 76,321  
 88,019  
 26,184  
 261,268  

$

 755,153  
 78,950  
 834,103  

 60,896  
 40,046  
 92,671  
 63,102  
 26,133  
 282,848  

 770,370  
 98,711  
 869,081  

 51,682  
 33,839  
 72,307  
 87,685  
 22,938  
 268,451  

 1,087,868  

 1,116,951  

 1,137,532  

 (197,266) 
 (198,020) 
 (148,151) 
 (130,150) 
 414,281  

 (201,324) 
 (198,776) 
 (182,274) 
 -  
 534,577  

$

   $ 

 (203,906) 
 (191,704) 
 (48,746) 
 -  
 693,176  

$

$

71

  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Depreciation and amortization: 
North America Mailing  
International Mailing  
   Small & Medium Business Solutions 

Production Mail  
Software  
Management Services  
Mail Services  
Marketing Services  
   Enterprise Business Solutions 
Total for reportable segments 
Reconciliation to consolidated amount: 
   Unallocated amounts 
Consolidated depreciation and amortization 

Capital expenditures: 
North America Mailing  
International Mailing  
   Small & Medium Business Solutions 

Production Mail  
Software  
Management Services  
Mail Services  
Marketing Services  
   Enterprise Business Solutions 
Total for reportable segments 
Reconciliation to consolidated amount: 
   Unallocated amounts 
Consolidated capital expenditures 

$

$

$

2011  

Years ended December 31, 
2010  

2009  

   $ 

 127,007  
 34,687  
 161,694  

 3,658  
 34,389  
 27,416  
 26,636  
 3,693  
 95,792  
 257,486  

$

 136,818  
 41,200  
 178,018  

 5,257  
 36,962  
 33,398  
 27,924  
 5,479  
 109,020  
 287,038  

 150,373  
 41,654  
 192,027  

 7,079  
 35,321  
 44,809  
 31,071  
 8,876  
 127,156  
 319,183  

 14,655  
 272,142  

 16,615  
 303,653  

   $ 

 19,712  
 338,895  

$

2011  

Years ended December 31, 
2010  

2009  

   $ 

 61,063  
 18,631  
 79,694  

 2,845  
 5,142  
 18,853  
 34,987  
 364  
 62,191  
 141,885  

$

 70,672  
 5,775  
 76,447  

 609  
 4,215  
 17,307  
 7,243  
 626  
 30,000  
 106,447  

 93,030  
 10,698  
 103,728  

 1,292  
 4,899  
 19,766  
 21,058  
 514  
 47,529  
 151,257  

 14,095  
 155,980  

$

 13,321  
 119,768  

   $ 

 15,471  
 166,728  

$

72

  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Identifiable assets: 
North America Mailing  
International Mailing  
   Small & Medium Business Solutions 

Production Mail  
Software  
Management Services  
Mail Services  
Marketing Services  
   Enterprise Business Solutions 
Total for reportable segments 
Reconciliation to consolidated amount: 
   Cash and cash equivalents 
   Short-term investments 
   Other corporate assets 
Consolidated assets 

Geographic data is as follows: 

Revenue: 
   United States 
   Outside the United States 
Total 

Identifiable long-lived assets: 
   United States 
   Outside the United States 
Total 

December 31, 

2011  

2010  

$

 3,350,457  
 789,337  
 4,139,794  

$

 3,488,322  
 962,973  
 4,451,295  

 504,939  
 932,389  
 688,766  
 454,585  
 235,462  
 2,816,141  
 6,955,935  

 856,238  
 12,971  
 321,960  
 8,147,104  

 547,002  
 1,058,057  
 799,290  
 512,785  
 230,995  
 3,148,129  
 7,599,424  

 484,363  
 30,609  
 329,627  
 8,444,023  

$

2011  

Years ended December 31, 
2010  

2009  

 3,588,321  
 1,689,653  
 5,277,974  

$

$

 3,804,489  
 1,620,765  
 5,425,254  

   $ 

   $ 

 3,979,493  
 1,589,678  
 5,569,171  

December 31, 

2011  

2010  

 2,749,101  
 910,048  
 3,659,149  

$

$

 2,939,467  
 996,963  
 3,936,430  

$

$

$

$

$

73

  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

19.  Retirement Plans and Postretirement Medical Benefits 

We  have  several  defined  benefit  retirement  plans.    Benefits  are  primarily  based  on  employees’  compensation  and  years  of  service.  
Our contributions are determined based on the funding requirements of U.S. federal and other governmental laws and regulations.  We 
use  a  measurement  date  of  December  31  for  all  of  our  retirement  plans.    U.S.  employees  hired  after  January  1,  2005,  Canadian 
employees hired after April 1, 2005, and U.K. employees hired after July 1, 2005, are not eligible for our defined benefit retirement 
plans.    As  of  December  31,  2014,  benefit  accruals  for  our  U.S.  pension  plans,  the  Pitney  Bowes  Pension  Plan,  the  Pitney  Bowes 
Pension Restoration Plan and the Canadian pension plans, will be determined and frozen and no future benefit accruals under these 
plans will occur after that date. 

The obligations and funded status of defined benefit pension plans are as follows: 

United States 

Foreign 

2011  

2010  

2011  

2010  

Accumulated benefit obligation 

$ 

 1,684,050  

  $

 1,603,320  

  $

 543,599  

   $

 504,471  

Projected benefit obligation: 
Benefit obligation at beginning of year  
Service cost  
Interest cost  
Plan participants’ contributions  
Actuarial loss  
Foreign currency changes  
Settlement / curtailment 
Special termination benefits   
Benefits paid  
Benefit obligation at end of year  

$ 

$ 

 1,632,286  
 19,450  
 87,738  
 -  
 94,495  
 -  
 2,941  
 1,489  
 (131,009) 
 1,707,390  

Fair value of plan assets: 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year   $ 
Actual return on plan assets  
Company contributions  
Plan participants’ contributions  
Foreign currency changes  
Benefits paid  
Fair value of plan assets at end of year  

$ 

 1,385,174  
 41,388  
 130,983  
 -  
 -  
 (131,009) 
 1,426,536  

  $

  $

  $

  $

 1,599,506  
 23,157  
 89,602  
 -  
 39,971  
 -  
 6,419  
 8,148  
 (134,517) 
 1,632,286  

 1,350,045  
 149,599  
 20,047  
 -  
 -  
 (134,517) 
 1,385,174  

  $

  $

  $

  $

 541,241  
 7,310  
 28,329  
 1,868  
 30,648  
 (6,424) 
 16  
 277  
 (21,361) 
 581,904  

 450,683  
 (7,478) 
 18,616  
 1,868  
 (3,480) 
 (21,361) 
 438,848  

   $

   $

   $

   $

 507,932  
 6,907  
 27,507  
 1,962  
 27,129  
 (5,257) 
 (3,396) 
 557  
 (22,100) 
 541,241  

 414,313  
 50,609  
 9,291  
 1,962  
 (3,392) 
 (22,100) 
 450,683  

Funded status  

$ 

 (280,854) 

  $

 (247,112) 

  $

 (143,056) 

   $

 (90,558) 

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets: 
Non-current asset  
Current liability  
Non-current liability  
Net amount recognized  

 40  
 (11,323) 
 (269,571) 
 (280,854) 

$ 

$ 

  $

  $

 29  
 (6,962) 
 (240,179) 
 (247,112) 

  $

  $

 888  
 (852) 
 (143,092) 
 (143,056) 

   $

   $

 508  
 (901) 
 (90,165) 
 (90,558) 

Information provided in the table below is only for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets at 
December 31, 2011 and 2010: 

Projected benefit obligation  
Accumulated benefit obligation  
Fair value of plan assets  

United States 

2011  
 1,705,732  
 1,682,392  
 1,424,837  

$ 
$ 
$ 

  $
  $
  $

74

2010  
 1,630,712  
 1,601,746  
 1,383,571  

  $
  $
  $

Foreign 

2011  
 579,646  
 541,723  
 435,702  

   $
   $
   $

2010  
 538,637  
 502,317  
 447,569  

  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Pre-tax amounts recognized in AOCI consist of: 

Net actuarial loss  
Prior service cost 
Transition asset 
Total  

United States 

2011  
 858,531  
 2,159  
 -  
 860,690  

  $

  $

$ 

$ 

2010  
 719,890  
 2,400  
 -  
 722,290  

  $

  $

Foreign 

2011  

 224,731  
 541  
 (273) 
 224,999  

   $

   $

2010  

 168,376  
 541  
 (282) 
 168,635  

The estimated amounts that will be amortized from AOCI into net periodic benefits cost in 2012 are as follows: 

Net actuarial loss  
Prior service cost 
Transition asset 
Total  

$ 

$ 

 53,256  
 816  
 -  
 54,072  

  $

  $

 13,700  
 99  
 (9) 
 13,790  

The components of net periodic pension cost for defined benefit pension plans are as follows: 

Service cost  
Interest cost  
Expected return on  
  plan assets  
Amortization of  
  transition cost  
Amortization of prior  
  service (cost) credit  
Recognized net  
  actuarial loss  
Special termination 
  benefits 
Settlement / curtailment 
Net periodic  
  benefit cost (1) 

$ 

2011  

 19,450  
 87,738  

United States 
2010  

   $ 

 23,157  
 89,602  

  $

2009  

 24,274  
 93,997  

2011  

$

 7,310  
 28,329  

Foreign 
2010  

   $ 

 6,907  
 27,507  

  $

2009  

 6,853  
 25,200  

 (123,058) 

 (123,095) 

 (120,662) 

(31,784) 

(28,838) 

(27,193) 

 -  

 147  

 -  

 -  

 (2,575) 

 (2,547) 

 (10) 

 170  

 (9) 

 214  

 (61) 

 446  

 37,522  

 32,343  

 26,063  

 11,135  

 10,205  

 2,486  

 1,489  
 3,036  

 8,148  
 10,712  

 112  
 4,107  

 277  
 274  

 291  
 1,285  

 2,385  
 202  

$ 

 26,324  

   $ 

 38,292  

  $

 25,344  

$

 15,701  

   $ 

 17,562  

  $

 10,318  

(1)  Includes  $5  million  and  $17  million  charged  to  restructuring  reserves  in  2011  and  2010,  respectively.    See  Note  14  for  further 
information.  

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations for defined benefit pension plans recognized in other comprehensive income are 
as follows:  

United States 

Foreign 

2011  

2010  

2011  

2010  

Curtailments effects and settlements  
Net actuarial loss 
Prior service credit 
Amortization of net actuarial (loss) gain 
Amortization of prior service (cost) credit 
Net transitional obligation (asset) 

$ 

 (95) 
 176,164  
 -  
 (37,522) 
 (147) 
 -  

  $

  $

 (4,290) 
 13,467  
 -  
 (32,343) 
 2,575  
 -  

 (274) 
 67,934  
 -  
 (11,135) 
 (170) 
 9  

   $

 (464) 
 5,748  
 (3,790) 
 5,440  
 (214) 
 (86) 

Total recognized in other  
  comprehensive income  

$ 

 138,400  

  $

 (20,591) 

  $

 56,364  

   $

 6,634  

75

  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used to determine end of year benefit obligations and net periodic pension costs include: 

United States 
Used to determine benefit obligations 
     Discount rate  
     Rate of compensation increase 

Used to determine net periodic benefit costs 
     Discount rate  
     Expected return on plan assets 
     Rate of compensation increase 

Foreign  
Used to determine benefit obligations 
     Discount rate  
     Rate of compensation increase 

Used to determine net periodic benefit costs 
     Discount rate  
     Expected return on plan assets 
     Rate of compensation increase 

2011  

2010  

2009  

4.95% 
3.50% 

5.60% 
8.00% 
3.50% 

5.60% 
3.50% 

5.75% 
8.00% 
3.50% 

5.75% 
3.50% 

6.05% 
8.00% 
4.25% 

1.80% - 6.10% 
2.10% - 4.60% 

2.25% - 5.50% 
2.50% - 5.50% 

2.25% - 6.00% 
2.50% - 5.60% 

2.00% - 5.50% 
4.00% - 7.75% 
2.10% - 5.50% 

2.25% - 6.00% 
4.50% - 7.75% 
2.50% - 5.60% 

2.25% - 6.60% 
4.49% - 7.75% 
2.50% - 5.10% 

A discount rate is used to determine the present value of our future benefit obligations.  The discount rate for our U.S. pension and 
postretirement medical benefit plans is determined by matching the expected cash flows associated with our benefit obligations to a 
yield  curve  based  on  long-term,  high  quality  fixed  income  debt  instruments  available  as  of  the  measurement  date.    For  the  U.K. 
retirement benefit plan, our largest foreign plan, the discount rate is determined by discounting each year’s estimated benefit payments 
by an applicable spot rate, derived from a yield curve created from a large number of high quality corporate bonds.  For our other 
smaller  foreign  pension  plans,  the  discount  rate  is  selected  based  on  high  quality  fixed  income  indices  available  in  the  country  in 
which the plan is domiciled.     

The  expected  return  on  plan  assets  is  based  on  historical  and  projected  rates  of  return  for  current  and  planned  asset  classes  in  the 
plans’  investment  portfolio  after  analyzing  historical  experience  and  future  expectations  of  the  returns  and  volatility  of  the  various 
asset classes.  The overall expected rate of return for the portfolio was determined based on the target asset allocations for each asset 
class,  adjusted  for  historical  and  expected  experience  of  active  portfolio  management  results,  when  compared  to  the  benchmark 
returns.    When  assessing  the  expected  future  returns  for  the  portfolio,  management  placed  more  emphasis  on  the  expected  future 
returns than historical returns. 

U.S. Pension Plans’ Investment Strategy and Asset Allocation 

Our  U.S.  pension  plans’  investment  strategy  is  to  maximize  returns  within  reasonable  and  prudent  levels  of  risk,  to  achieve  and 
maintain full funding of the accumulated benefit obligations and the actuarial liabilities, and to earn a nominal rate of return of at least 
7.75%.    The  fund  has  established  a  strategic  asset  allocation  policy  to  achieve  these objectives.    Investments  are  diversified  across 
asset  classes  and  within  each  class  to  reduce  the  risk  of  large  losses  and  are  periodically  rebalanced.    Derivatives,  such  as  swaps, 
options,  forwards  and  futures  contracts  may  be  used  for  market  exposure,  to  alter  risk/return  characteristics  and  to  manage  foreign 
currency  exposure.    Investments  within  the  private  equity  and  real  estate  portfolios  are  comprised  of  limited  partnership  units  in 
primary and secondary fund of funds and units in open-ended commingled real estate funds, respectively.  These types of investment 
vehicles are used in an effort to gain greater asset diversification.  We do not have any significant concentrations of credit risk within 
the plan assets.  The pension plans’ liabilities, investment objectives and investment managers are reviewed periodically.   

76

  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

The target allocation for 2012 and the asset allocation for the U.S. pension plan at December 31, 2011 and 2010, by asset category, are 
as follows: 

Asset category 
U.S. equities  
Non-U.S. equities  
Fixed income  
Real estate  
Private equity  
Total  

Target 
Allocation 
2012  

Percentage of Plan Assets at 
December 31, 

2011  

2010  

19% 
19% 
50% 
4% 
8% 
100% 

18% 
16% 
56% 
4% 
6% 
100% 

37% 
20% 
34% 
4% 
5% 
100% 

The long-term asset allocation targets we use to manage the investment portfolio are based on the broad asset categories shown above. 
The plan asset categories presented in the fair value hierarchy are subsets of the broad asset categories. 

Foreign Pension Plans’ Investment Strategy and Asset Allocation 

Our foreign pension plan assets are managed by outside investment managers and monitored regularly by local trustees, in conjunction 
with our corporate personnel.  The investment strategies adopted by our foreign plans vary by country and plan, with each strategy 
tailored to achieve the expected rate of return within an acceptable or appropriate level of risk, depending upon the liability profile of 
plan  participants,  local  funding  requirements,  investment  markets  and  restrictions.    The  U.K.  plan  represents  74%  of  the  non-U.S. 
pension assets.  The U.K. pension plan’s investment strategy is to maximize returns within reasonable and prudent levels of risk, to 
achieve  and  maintain  full  funding of  the  accumulated  benefit  obligations  and  the  actuarial  liabilities,  and  to  earn a  nominal  rate  of 
return  of  at  least  7.25%.    The  fund  has  established  a  strategic  asset  allocation  policy  to  achieve  these  objectives.    Investments  are 
diversified across asset classes and within each class to minimize the risk of large losses and are periodically rebalanced.  Derivatives, 
such  as  swaps,  options,  forwards  and  futures  contracts  may  be  used  for  market  exposure,  to  alter  risk/return  characteristics  and  to 
manage foreign currency exposure.  We do not have any significant concentrations of credit risk within the plan assets.  The pension 
plans’ liabilities, investment objectives and investment managers are reviewed periodically.   

The target allocation for 2012 and the asset allocation for the U.K. pension plan at December 31, 2011 and 2010, by asset category, 
are as follows: 

Asset category 
U.K. equities  
Non-U.K. equities  
Fixed income  
Cash  
Total  

Target 
Allocation 

2012  

Percentage of Plan Assets at 
December 31, 

2011  

2010  

32% 
33% 
35% 
-% 
100% 

34% 
28% 
32% 
6% 
100% 

33% 
35% 
29% 
3% 
100% 

The long-term asset allocation targets we use to manage the investment portfolio are based on the broad asset categories shown above. 
The plan asset categories presented in the fair value hierarchy are subsets of the broad asset categories. 

The  fair  value  of  the  U.K.  plan  assets  was  $326  million  and  $338  million  at  December  31,  2011  and  2010,  respectively,  and  the 
expected long-term rate of return on these plan assets was 7.25% in 2011 and 2010. 

77

  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Fair Value Measurements of Plan Assets 

The following tables show, by level within the fair value hierarchy, the financial assets and liabilities that are accounted for at fair 
value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, for the U.S. and foreign pension plans.  Financial assets and 
liabilities  are  classified  in  their  entirety  based  on  the  lowest  level  of  input  that  is  significant  to  the  fair  value  measurement.    Our 
assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment and may affect placement within 
the fair value hierarchy levels.   

U.S. Pension Plans - Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011 
Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

Assets: 
 Investment securities 
     Money market funds 
     Equity securities  
     Commingled fixed income securities 
     Debt securities - U.S. and foreign  
       governments, agencies, and municipalities 
     Corporate debt securities 
     Mortgage-backed securities  
     Asset-backed securities  
     Private equity 
     Real estate 
     Derivatives 
 Securities lending fund * 
Total assets  

Assets: 
 Investment securities 
     Money market funds 
     Equity securities  
     Debt securities - U.S. and foreign  
       governments, agencies, and municipalities 
     Corporate debt securities 
     Mortgage-backed securities  
     Asset-backed securities  
     Private equity 
     Real estate 
     Derivatives 
 Securities lending fund * 
Total assets  

Liabilities: 
 Investment securities 
     Derivatives 
Total liabilities 

$

$

$

$

$
$

-  
 218,010  
-  

 60,411  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
 293  
-  
 278,714  

  $

  $

 22,064  
 262,152  
 177,349  

 16,745  
 467,281  
 57,922  
 919  
-  
-  
-  
 119,528  
 1,123,960  

  $

  $

-  
-  
-  

-  
-  
 3,702  
-  
 88,870  
 57,918  
-  
-  
 150,490  

$

$

 22,064  
 480,162  
 177,349  

 77,156  
 467,281  
 61,624  
 919  
 88,870  
 57,918  
 293  
 119,528  
 1,553,164  

U.S. Pension Plans - Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010 
Level 1 

Level 3 

Level 2 

Total 

-  
 431,098  

  $

 20,571  
 346,126  

  $

-  
-  

$

 20,571  
 777,224  

 104,097  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
 21  
-  
 535,216  

  $

 9,878  
 172,722  
 156,516  
 18,698  
-  
-  
-  
 158,155  
 882,666  

  $

-  
-  
 5,389  
-  
 69,495  
 52,553  
-  
-  
 127,437  

 51  
 51  

  $
  $

-  
-  

  $
  $

-  
-  

 113,975  
 172,722  
 161,905  
 18,698  
 69,495  
 52,553  
 21  
 158,155  
 1,545,319  

 51  
 51  

$

$
$

* Securities lending fund amount at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 is offset by a corresponding liability recorded in the Pitney Bowes 

Pension Plan net assets available for benefits. 

78

  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Assets: 
 Investment securities 
     Money market funds 
     Equity securities  
     Commingled fixed income securities 
     Debt securities - U.S. and foreign  
       governments, agencies, and municipalities 
     Corporate debt securities 
     Derivatives 
Total assets  

Liabilities: 
 Investment securities 
     Derivatives 
Total liabilities 

Assets: 
 Investment securities 
     Equity securities  
     Commingled fixed income securities 
     Debt securities - U.S. and foreign  
       governments, agencies, and municipalities 
     Corporate debt securities 
     Derivatives 
Total assets  

Liabilities: 
 Investment securities 
     Derivatives 
Total liabilities 

$

$

$
$

$

$

$
$

Foreign Pension Plans - Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

-  
 113,257  
-  

 13,616  
-  
-  
 126,873  

  $

  $

 7,236  
 150,787  
 127,611  

-  
 7,150  
 7,164  
 299,948  

  $

  $

-  
-  

  $
  $

 6,782  
 6,782  

  $
  $

-  
-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  

-  
-  

$

$

$
$

 7,236  
 264,044  
 127,611  

 13,616  
 7,150  
 7,164  
 426,821  

 6,782  
 6,782  

Foreign Pension Plans - Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

 128,859  
-  

  $

 164,389  
 52,330  

  $

 10,751  
-  
 88  
 139,698  

  $

 27,189  
 49,223  
 6,500  
 299,631  

  $

-  
-  

  $
  $

 6,873  
 6,873  

  $
  $

-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  

-  
-  

$

$

$
$

 293,248  
 52,330  

 37,940  
 49,223  
 6,588  
 439,329  

 6,873  
 6,873  

79

  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

The following information relates to our classification of investments into the fair value hierarchy: 

•  Money Market Funds: Money market funds typically invest in government securities, certificates of deposit, commercial paper of 
companies and other highly liquid and low-risk securities.  Money market funds are principally used for overnight deposits.  The 
money market funds are classified as Level 2 since they are not actively traded on an exchange. 

•  Equity Securities: Equity securities include U.S. and foreign common stock, American Depository Receipts, preferred stock and 
commingled  funds.    Equity  securities  classified  as  Level  1  are valued using  active, high volume  trades  for  identical  securities.  
Equity securities classified as Level 2 represent those not listed on an exchange in an active market.  These securities are valued 
based on quoted market prices of similar securities. 

•  Commingled Fixed Income Securities:  Mutual funds that invest in a variety of fixed income securities including securities of the 
U.S. government and its agencies, corporate debt, mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities.  Value of the funds is 
based  on  the  net  asset  value  (NAV)  per  unit  as  reported  by  the  fund  manager.    NAV  is  based  on  the  market  value  of  the 
underlying  investments  owned  by  each  fund,  minus  its  liabilities,  divided  by  the  number  of  shares  outstanding.    Commingled 
fixed income securities are not listed on an active exchange and are classified as Level 2. 

•  Debt  Securities  -  U.S.  and  Foreign  Governments  and  its  Agencies  and  Municipalities:  Government  securities  include  treasury 
notes  and  bonds,  foreign  government  issues,  U.S.  government  sponsored  agency  debt  and  commingled  funds.    Municipal  debt 
securities  include  general  obligation  securities  and  revenue-backed  securities.    Debt  securities  classified  as  Level  1  are  valued 
using active, high volume trades for identical securities.  Debt securities classified as Level 2 are valued through benchmarking 
model derived prices to quoted market prices and trade data for identical or comparable securities. 

•  Corporate Debt Securities: Investments are comprised of both investment grade debt (≥BBB-) and high-yield debt (≤BBB-).  The 
fair value of corporate debt securities is valued using recently executed transactions, market price quotations where observable, or 
bond spreads.  The spread data used are for the same maturity as the security.  These securities are classified as Level 2. 

•  Mortgage-Backed  Securities  (MBS):  Investments  are  comprised  of  agency-backed  MBS,  non-agency  MBS,  collateralized 
mortgage obligations, commercial MBS, and commingled funds.  These securities are valued based on external pricing indices.  
When external index pricing is not observable, MBS are valued based on external price/spread data.  If neither pricing method is 
available, broker quotes are utilized.  When inputs are observable and supported by an active market, MBS are classified as Level 
2 and when inputs are unobservable, MBS are classified as Level 3. 

•  Asset-Backed  Securities  (ABS):    Investments  are  primarily  comprised  of  credit  card  receivables,  auto  loan  receivables,  student 
loan  receivables,  and  Small  Business  Administration  loans.    These  securities  are  valued  based  on  external  pricing  indices  or 
external price/spread data and are classified as Level 2. 

•  Private Equity: Investments are comprised of units in fund-of-fund investment vehicles.  Fund-of-funds consist of various private 
equity  investments  and  are used  in  an  effort  to  gain greater diversification.  The  investments  are valued  in  accordance  with  the 
most appropriate valuation techniques, and are classified as Level 3 due to the unobservable inputs used to determine a fair value.   

•  Real  Estate:  Investments  include  units  in  open-ended  commingled  real  estate  funds.    Properties  that  comprise  these  funds  are 
valued in accordance with the most appropriate valuation techniques, and are classified as Level 3 due to the unobservable inputs 
used to determine a fair value.   

•  Derivatives:  Instruments  are  comprised  of  futures,  forwards,  options  and  warrants  and  are  used  to  gain  exposure  to  a  desired 
investment  as  well  as  for  defensive  hedging  purposes  against  currency  and  interest  rate  fluctuations.    Derivative  instruments 
classified as Level 1 are valued through a readily available exchange listed price.  Derivative instruments classified as Level 2 are 
valued using observable inputs but are not listed or traded on an exchange.   

• 

Securities Lending Fund: Investment represents a commingled fund through our custodian’s securities lending program.  The U.S. 
pension plan lends securities that are held within the plan to other banks and/or brokers, for which we receive collateral.  This 
collateral  is  invested  in  the  commingled  fund,  which  invests  in  short-term  fixed  income  securities  such  as  commercial  paper, 
short-term ABS and other short-term issues.  Since the commingled fund is not listed or traded on an exchange, the investment is 
classified as Level 2.  The investment is offset by a liability of an equal amount representing assets that participate in securities 
lending program, which is reflected in the Pitney Bowes Pension Plan’s net assets available for benefits.   

80

  
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Level 3 Gains and Losses 

The following table shows a summary of the changes in the fair value of Level 3 assets of the U.S. pension plans for the year ended 
December 31, 2011: 

Balance at December 31, 2010 
   Realized gains / (losses) 
   Unrealized gains / (losses) 
   Net purchases, sales and settlements  
Balance at December 31, 2011 

MBS 

 5,389  
 (24) 
 (180) 
 (1,483) 
 3,702  

$ 

$ 

Private 
equity 

Real estate 

$

$

 69,495  
 (11) 
 9,652  
 9,734  
 88,870  

  $

  $

 52,553  
 69  
 7,825  
 (2,529) 
 57,918  

   $ 

   $ 

Total 
 127,437  
 34  
 17,297  
 5,722  
 150,490  

Reconciliation of Plan Assets to Fair Value Measurements Hierarchy 

The following table provides a reconciliation of the total fair value of pension plan assets to the fair value of financial instruments 
presented in the fair value measurements hierarchy for the U.S. and foreign pension plans at December 31, 2011: 

Fair Value of Plan Assets 
     Cash 
     Securities lending fund liability 
     Other 
Fair Value Per Measurements Hierarchy 

United States 
 1,426,536  
$
 (1,108) 
 119,528  
 8,208  
 1,553,164  

$

Foreign 

 438,848  
 (16,424) 
-  
 4,397  
 426,821  

$

$

At December 31, 2011 there were no shares of our common stock included in the plan assets of our pension plans. 

In January 2012, we contributed $85 million to our U.S. pension plan and $10 million to our foreign pension plans.  We anticipate 
making  additional  contributions  of  approximately  $15  million  and  $20  million  to  our  U.S.  and  foreign  pension  plans,  respectively 
during 2012.  We will reassess our funding alternatives as the year progresses. 

81

  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Nonpension Postretirement Benefits 

We  provide  certain  health  care  and  life  insurance  benefits  to  eligible  retirees  and  their  dependents.    The  cost  of  these  benefits  is 
recognized  over  the  period  the  employee  provides  credited  service  to  the  Company.    Substantially  all  of  our  U.S.  and  Canadian 
employees  become  eligible  for  retiree  health  care  benefits  after  reaching  age  55  or  in  the  case  of  employees  of  Pitney  Bowes 
Management  Services  after  reaching  age  60  and  with  the  completion  of  the  required  service  period.    U.S.  employees  hired  after 
January 1, 2005, and Canadian employees hired after April 1, 2005, are not eligible for retiree health care benefits. 

The benefit obligation and funded status for nonpension postretirement benefit plans are as follows: 

Benefit obligation: 
Benefit obligations at beginning of year  
Service cost  
Interest cost  
Plan participants’ contributions  
Actuarial loss 
Foreign currency changes  
Benefits paid  
Curtailment 
Special termination benefits  
Benefit obligations at end of year  

Fair value of plan assets: 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year  
Company contribution  
Plan participants’ contributions  
Gross benefits paid  
Fair value of plan assets at end of year  

Funded status   

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets: 
Current liability  
Non-current liability  
Net amount recognized  

Pre-tax amounts recognized in AOCI consist of: 
Net actuarial loss  
Prior service credit  
Total  

December 31, 

2011  

2010  

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

 280,386  
 3,328  
 13,528  
 8,861  
 20,792  
 (648) 
 (43,964) 
 3,245  
 300  
 285,828  

 -  
 35,103  
 8,861  
 (43,964) 
 -  

 (285,828) 

 (28,855) 
 (256,973) 
 (285,828) 

 115,713  
 (5,696) 
 110,017  

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

 254,405  
 3,724  
 13,828  
 9,182  
 33,983  
 1,061  
 (43,563) 
 7,575  
 191  
 280,386  

 -  
 34,381  
 9,182  
 (43,563) 
 -  

 (280,386) 

 (29,374) 
 (251,012) 
 (280,386) 

 102,910  
 (5,886) 
 97,024  

(1) The benefit obligation for the United States nonpension postretirement plans was $262 and $259 million December 31, 2011 and 
2010  

82

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

The components of net periodic benefit cost for nonpension postretirement benefit plans are as follows: 

Service cost  
Interest cost  
Amortization of prior service benefit  
Recognized net actuarial loss  
Curtailment 
Special termination benefits 
Net periodic benefit cost (1) 

2011  

2010  

2009  

$

$

 3,328  
 13,528  
 (2,504) 
 7,666  
 2,839  
 300  
 25,157  

$

$

 3,724  
 13,828  
 (2,511) 
 6,793  
 6,954  
 191  
 28,979  

   $ 

   $ 

 3,424  
 14,437  
 (2,475) 
 4,092  
 -  
 -  
 19,478  

(1)  Includes  $3  million  and  $7  million  charged  to  restructuring  reserves  in  2011  and  2010,  respectively.    See  Note  14  for  further 
information. 

Other  changes  in  plan  assets  and benefit  obligation for  nonpension  postretirement  benefit  plans  recognized  in  other  comprehensive 
income are as follows:  

Net actuarial loss 
Amortization of net actuarial loss 
Amortization of prior service credit 
Adjustment for actual Medicare Part D Premium 
Curtailment 
Total recognized in other comprehensive income 

2011  

2010  

$

$

 22,201  
 (9,980) 
 2,504  
 (2,040) 
 308  
 12,993  

  $

  $

 34,059  
 (6,793) 
 2,511  
 979  
 621  
 31,377  

The estimated amounts that will be amortized from AOCI into net periodic benefit costs in 2012 are as follows: 

Net actuarial loss 
Prior service credit 
Total 

$

$

 9,456  
 (2,092) 
 7,364  

The weighted-average discount rates used to determine end of year benefit obligations and net periodic pension costs include: 

Discount rate used to determine benefit obligation 
     U.S.   
     Canada  

Discount rate used to determine net periodic benefit cost 
     U.S.   
     Canada  

2011  

2010  

2009  

4.50% 
4.15% 

5.15% 
5.15% 

5.15% 
5.15% 

5.35% 
5.85% 

5.35% 
5.85% 

5.95% 
6.60% 

The assumed health care cost trend rate used in measuring the accumulated postretirement benefit obligations for the U.S. plan was 
7.5% for 2011 and 2010.  The assumed health care trend rate is 7.5% for 2012 and will gradually decline to 5.0% by the year 2017 and 
remain at that level thereafter.  Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health 
care plans.  A 1% change in the assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects: 

Effect on total of service and interest cost components  
Effect on postretirement benefit obligations  

$
$

 615  
 10,208  

  $
  $

 (520) 
 (8,859) 

1% Increase 

1% Decrease 

83

  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Estimated Future Benefit Payments 

Benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, estimated to be paid during the years ended December 31 are 
as follows: 

2012  
2013  
2014  
2015  
2016  
2017-2021 

Pension 
Benefits 

 147,108  
 125,404  
 126,052  
 128,463  
 130,009  
 666,672  
 1,323,708  

$ 

$ 

  $

  $

Nonpension 
Benefits (1) 

 29,527  
 27,887  
 26,583  
 25,245  
 24,272  
 105,199  
 238,713  

(1) The estimated future benefit payments for nonpension plans are net of expected Medicare Part D subsidy. 

Savings Plans 

Our U.S. employees are eligible to participate in 401(k) savings plans, which are voluntary defined contribution plans.  These plans 
are  designed  to  help  employees  accumulate  additional  savings  for  retirement.    We  make  matching  contributions  on  a  portion  of 
eligible pay.  In 2011 and 2010, we made matching contributions of $30 million and $29 million, respectively. 

84

  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

20.  Earnings per Share 

The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is presented below.  
Note that the sum of earnings per share amounts may not equal the total due to rounding.   

Numerator:  
Amounts attributable to common stockholders: 
Income from continuing operations 
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations 
Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc. (numerator for 
diluted EPS) 
Less: Preference stock dividend 
Income attributable to common stockholders 
(numerator for basic EPS) 

Denominator (in thousands):  
Weighted-average shares used in basic EPS  
Effect of dilutive shares:  
    Preferred stock 
    Preference stock 
    Stock plans 
Weighted-average shares used in diluted EPS 

Basic earnings per share:  
Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 
Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc. 

Diluted earnings per share:  
Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 
Net income - Pitney Bowes Inc. 

Anti-dilutive shares (in thousands):  
Anti-dilutive shares not used in calculating  
  diluted weighted-average shares  

2011  

2010  

2009  

$

 351,321  
 266,159  

 617,480  
 58  

$

 310,483  
 (18,104) 

   $ 

 431,554  
 (8,109) 

 292,379  
 65  

 423,445  
 72  

$

 617,422  

$

 292,314  

   $ 

 423,373  

 201,976  

 205,968  

 206,734  

 2  
 445  
 343  
 202,766  

 2  
 501  
 282  
 206,753  

$

$

$

$

 1.74  
 1.32  
 3.06  

 1.73  
 1.31  
 3.05  

$

$

$

$

 1.51  
 (0.09) 
 1.42  

   $ 

   $ 

 1.50  
 (0.09) 
 1.41  

   $ 

   $ 

 3  
 568  
 17  
 207,322  

 2.09  
 (0.04) 
 2.05  

 2.08  
 (0.04) 
 2.04  

14,016  

15,168  

18,319  

85

  
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
  
  
   
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

21.  Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited) 

Summarized quarterly financial data for 2011 and 2010 follows: 

2011  
Total revenue  
Cost of revenue (1) 
Selling, general and administrative 
Research and development 
Restructuring charges and asset impairments 
Goodwill impairment 
Other, net 
Income from continuing operations before taxes 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes 
Income from continuing operations 
(Loss) gain from discontinued operations 
Net income before attribution of  
  noncontrolling interests 
Less: Preferred stock dividends of subsidiaries 
  attributable to noncontrolling interests 
Net income – Pitney Bowes Inc. 

Amounts attributable to common stockholders: 
  Income from continuing operations  
  (Loss) gain from discontinued operations 
    Net income – Pitney Bowes Inc. 

First  
Quarter 
 1,323,069  
 670,892  
 429,919  
 34,758  
 26,024  
 -  
 27,302  
 134,174  
 41,394  
 92,780  
 (1,882) 

 90,898  

 4,594  
 86,304  

   $

Second  
Quarter 
 1,314,474  
 650,513  
 436,015  
 37,441  
 4,994  
 -  
 26,335  
 159,176  
 53,012  
 106,164  
 (635) 

   $

Third  
Quarter 
 1,299,724  
 638,101  
 430,650  
 35,573  
 32,956  
 45,650  
 16,949  
 99,845  
 (17,087) 
 116,932  
 60,428  

   $

Fourth  
Quarter 
 1,340,707  
 655,733  
 435,274  
 40,873  
 84,177  
 84,500  
 19,064  
 21,086  
 (32,734) 
 53,820  
 208,248  

 105,529  

 177,360  

 262,068  

   $

 4,594  
 100,935  

   $

 4,593  
 172,767  

   $

 4,594  
 257,474  

 88,186  
 (1,882) 
 86,304  

   $

   $

 101,570  
 (635) 
 100,935  

   $

   $

 112,339  
 60,428  
 172,767  

   $

   $

 49,226  
 208,248  
 257,474  

$

$

$

$

Basic earnings per share attributable to common stockholders (2): 
  Continuing operations 
  Discontinued operations 
    Net Income – Pitney Bowes Inc. 

$

$

Diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders (2): 
  Continuing operations 
  Discontinued operations 
    Net Income – Pitney Bowes Inc. 

$

$

 0.43  
 (0.01) 
 0.42  

   $

   $

 0.50  
 (0.00) 
 0.50  

   $

   $

 0.56  
 0.30  
 0.86  

   $

   $

 0.43  
 (0.01) 
 0.42  

   $

   $

 0.50  
 (0.00) 
 0.49  

   $

   $

 0.56  
 0.30  
 0.85  

   $

   $

 0.25  
 1.04  
 1.29  

 0.25  
 1.04  
 1.28  

(1)  Includes cost of equipment sales, cost of supplies, cost of software, cost of rentals, financing interest expense, cost of support services and cost 

of business services. 

(2)  The sum of the quarterly earnings per share amounts may not equal the quarterly total or annual amount due to rounding. 

86

  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

2010  
Total revenue  
Cost of revenue (1) 
Selling, general and administrative  
Research and development 
Restructuring charges and asset impairments 
Other, net 
Income from continuing operations before taxes 
Provision for income taxes 
Income from continuing operations 
Loss from discontinued operations 
Net income before attribution of  
  noncontrolling interests 
Less: Preferred stock dividends of subsidiaries 
  attributable to noncontrolling interests 
Net income – Pitney Bowes Inc. 

Amounts attributable to common stockholders: 
  Income from continuing operations  
  Loss from discontinued operations 
    Net income – Pitney Bowes Inc. 

$

$

$

$

First  
Quarter 
 1,348,233  
 656,445  
 443,297  
 40,865  
 20,722  
 26,896  
 160,008  
 73,245  
 86,763  
 (3,130) 

   $

Second 
Quarter 
 1,297,237  
 651,930  
 426,352  
 38,168  
 48,512  
 28,508  
 103,767  
 35,177  
 68,590  
 (2,666) 

   $

Third  
Quarter 
 1,345,742  
 666,330  
 435,292  
 38,454  
 33,805  
 28,917  
 142,944  
 46,880  
 96,064  
 (2,536) 

   $

Fourth 
Quarter 
 1,434,042  
 703,618  
 455,736  
 38,884  
 79,235  
 28,711  
 127,858  
 50,468  
 77,390  
 (9,772) 

 83,633  

 4,594  
 79,039  

   $

 65,924  

 4,543  
 61,381  

   $

 93,528  

 4,593  
 88,935  

   $

 82,169  
 (3,130) 
 79,039  

   $

   $

 64,047  
 (2,666) 
 61,381  

   $

   $

 91,471  
 (2,536) 
 88,935  

   $

   $

Basic earnings per share attributable to common stockholders (2): 
  Continuing operations 
  Discontinued operations 
    Net income – Pitney Bowes Inc. 

$

$

Diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders (2): 
  Continuing operations 
  Discontinued operations 
    Net income – Pitney Bowes Inc. 

$

$

 0.40  
 (0.02) 
 0.38  

   $

   $

 0.31  
 (0.01) 
 0.30  

   $

   $

 0.44  
 (0.01) 
 0.43  

   $

   $

 0.40  
 (0.02) 
 0.38  

   $

   $

 0.31  
 (0.01) 
 0.30  

   $

   $

 0.44  
 (0.01) 
 0.43  

   $

   $

 67,618  

 4,594  
 63,024  

 72,796  
 (9,772) 
 63,024  

 0.36  
 (0.05) 
 0.31  

 0.36  
 (0.05) 
 0.31  

(1)  Includes cost of equipment sales, cost of supplies, cost of software, cost of rentals, financing interest expense, cost of support services and cost 

of business services. 

(2)  The sum of the quarterly earnings per share amounts may not equal the quarterly total or annual amount due to rounding. 

87

  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES 
(Dollars in thousands) 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009 TO 2011 

Description 

   beginning of year 

Additions 

Deductions 

Balance at 

Balance at 
end of year 

Allowance for doubtful accounts 
2011  
2010  
2009  

   $ 
   $ 
   $ 

 31,880  
 42,781  
 45,264  

   $
   $
   $

 9,161  
 9,266  
 10,516  

 (1) 
 (1) 
 (1) 

  $
  $
  $

 (9,186) 
 (20,167) 
 (12,999) 

 (2) 
 (2) 
 (2) 

   $
   $
   $

 31,855  
 31,880  
 42,781  

Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset 
2011  
2010  
2009  

 104,441  
 95,990  
 91,405  

   $ 
   $ 
   $ 

   $
   $
   $

 16,709  
 22,168  
 5,628  

  $
  $
  $

 (9,712) 
 (13,717) 
 (1,043) 

   $
   $
   $

 111,438  
 104,441  
 95,990  

(1) Includes additions charged to expenses, additions from acquisitions and impact of foreign exchange translation. 
(2) Includes uncollectible accounts written off. 

88

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
INDEX OF EXHIBITS 

Reg. S-K 
exhibits 
(3)(a) 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Pitney Bowes Inc. 

Description 

(b) 

Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  Amended  and  Restated  By-laws  (effective 
May 10, 2011) 

(4)(a) 

Form of Indenture between the Company and SunTrust Bank, 
as Trustee 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

(e) 

Supplemental  Indenture  No.  1  dated  April  18,  2003  between 
the Company and SunTrust Bank, as Trustee 

Form of Indenture between the Company and Citibank, N.A., 
as Trustee, dated as of February 14, 2005 

First  Supplemental  Indenture,  by  and  among  Pitney  Bowes 
Inc.,  The  Bank  of  New  York,  and  Citibank,  N.A.,  to  the 
Indenture, dated as of February 14, 2005, by and between the 
Company and Citibank 
Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  Global  Medium-Term  Note  (Fixed  Rate), 
issue date March 7, 2008 

Status or incorporation by reference 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(c) to Form 8-K as filed with 
the  Commission  on  May  12,  2011.    (Commission  file  number  1-
3579) 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(d) to Form 8-K as filed with 
the  Commission  on  May  12,  2011.    (Commission  file  number  1-
3579) 
Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.4  to  Registration  Statement 
on  Form  S-3  (No.  333-72304)  as  filed  with  the  Commission  on 
October 26, 2001. 
Incorporated  by reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  to  Form  8-K  as  filed  with 
the Commission on August 18, 2004. 

Incorporated  by reference  to Exhibit  4(a)  to  Registration  Statement 
on  Form  S-3ASR  (No.  333-151753)  as  filed  with  the  Commission 
on June 18, 2008. 
Incorporated  by reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  to  Form  8-K  as  filed  with 
the Commission on October 24, 2007.  (Commission file number 1-
3579) 

Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4(d)(1)  to  Form  8-K  as  filed 
with the Commission on March 7, 2008.  (Commission file number 
1-3579) 

The Company has outstanding certain other long-term indebtedness.  Such long-term indebtedness does not exceed 10% of the total 
assets  of  the  Company;  therefore,  copies  of  instruments  defining  the  rights  of  holders  of  such  indebtedness  are  not  included  as 
exhibits.  The Company agrees to furnish copies of such instruments to the SEC upon request. 

Executive Compensation Plans: 

(10)(a) 

Retirement Plan for Directors of Pitney Bowes Inc. 

(b) 

(b.1) 

(b.2) 

Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  Directors’  Stock  Plan    (as  amended  and 
restated 1999) 

Pitney Bowes Inc. Directors’ Stock Plan  (Amendment No. 1, 
effective as of May 12, 2003) 

Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  Directors’  Stock  Plan  (Amendment  No.  2 
effective as of May 1, 2007) 

(c) 

Pitney Bowes 1991 Stock Plan (as amended and restated) 

(c.1) 

Pitney Bowes 1998 Stock Plan (as amended and restated) 

(c.2) 

Pitney  Bowes  Stock  Plan  (as  amended  and  restated  as  of 
January 1, 2002) 

(c.3) 

Pitney Bowes Inc. 2007 Stock Plan (as amended November 7, 
2009) 

89

Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  (10a)  to  Form  10-K  as  filed 
with the Commission on March 30, 1993.  (Commission file number 
1-3579) 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (i) to Form 10-K as filed with 
the  Commission  on  March  30,  2000.    (Commission  file  number  1-
3579) 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10) to Form 10-Q as filed with 
the  Commission  on  August  11,  2003.  (Commission  file  number  1-
3579) 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10.(b.2)) to Form 10-K as filed 
with the Commission on March 1, 2007 (Commission file number 1-
3579) 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10) to Form 10-Q as filed with 
the  Commission  on  May  14,  1998.  (Commission  file  number  1-
3579) 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (ii) to Form 10-K as filed with 
the  Commission  on  March  30,  2000.  (Commission  file  number  1-
3579) 

Incorporated  by  reference  to  Annex  1  to  the  Definitive  Proxy 
Statement  for  the  2002  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  filed  with 
the  Commission  on  March  26,  2002.    (Commission  file  number  1-
3579) 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (v) to Form 10-K as filed with 
the Commission on February 26, 2010. (Commission file number 1-
3579) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reg. S-K 
exhibits 
(d) 

(e) 

(f) 

(g) 

(h) 

Description 
Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  Key  Employees’  Incentive  Plan  (as 
amended  and 
restated  October  1,  2007)(as  amended 
November 7, 2009) 

Status or incorporation by reference 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (iv) to Form 10-K as filed with 
the Commission on February 26, 2010. (Commission file number 1-
3579) 

Pitney  Bowes  Severance  Plan  (as  amended,  and  restated 
effective January 1, 2008) 

Pitney  Bowes  Senior  Executive  Severance  Policy 
(amended and restated as of January 1, 2008) 

Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  (10)(e)  to  Form  10-K  as  filed 
with  the  Commission  on  February  29,  2008.  (Commission  file 
number 1-3579) 

Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  (10)(f)  to  Form  10-K  as  filed 
with  the  Commission  on  February  29,  2008.  (Commission  file 
number 1-3579) 

Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  Deferred  Incentive  Savings  Plan  for  the 
Board of Directors, as amended and restated effective January 
1, 2009 

Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(g)  to  Form  10-K  as  filed 
with  the  Commission  on  February  26,  2009.  (Commission  file 
number 1-3579 

Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  Deferred  Incentive  Savings  Plan  as 
amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 

(i) 

Pitney Bowes Inc. 1998 U.K. S.A.Y.E. Stock Option Plan 

(j) 

Form of Equity Compensation Grant Letter 

(k) 

Form of Performance Award 

(l) 

Form of Long Term Incentive Award Agreement 

Service  Agreement  between  Pitney  Bowes  Limited  and 
Patrick S. Keddy dated January 29, 2003 

Separation  Agreement  and  General  Release  dated  April  14, 
2008 by and between Pitney Bowes Inc. and Bruce P. Nolop 

Compensation  arrangement  for  Vicki  O’Meara  dated  June  1, 
2010 

Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(h)  to  Form  10-k  as  filed 
with  the  Commission  on  February  26,  2009.  (Commission  file 
number 1-3579) 

Incorporated  by  reference  to  Annex  II  to  the  Definitive  Proxy 
Statement  for  the  2006  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  filed  with 
the  Commission  on  March  23,  2006.  (Commission  file  number  1-
3579) 

Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  (10)(n)  to  Form  10-Q  as  filed 
with the Commission on May 4, 2006. (Commission file number 1-
3579) 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10) to Form 10-Q as filed with 
the  Commission  on  August  5,  2009.  (Commission  file  number  1-
3579) 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10) to Form 10-Q as filed with 
the Commission on November 6, 2009. (Commission file number 1-
3579) 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K as filed with 
the Commission on February 17, 2006. (Commission file number 1-
3579) 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K as filed with 
the  Commission  on  April  15,  2008.  (Commission  file  number  1-
3579) 

Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(a)  to  Form  10-Q  as  filed 
with the Commission on August 5, 2010. (Commission file number 
1-3579) 

Separation  (Compromise)  Agreement  dated  December  30, 
2010,  by  and  between  Patrick  Keddy  and  Pitney  Bowes 
Limited 

Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(p)  to  Form  10-K  as  filed 
with  the  Commission  on  February  28,  2011.  (Commission  file 
number 1-3579) 

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated May 19, 2006 
between  the  Company  and  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as 
Administrative Agent 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K as filed with 
the  Commission  on  May  24,  2006.  (Commission  file  number  1-
3579) 

(m) 

(n) 

(o) 

(p) 

Other: 

(q) 

(12) 

Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges 

Exhibit 12 

(21) 

Subsidiaries of the registrant 

(23) 

Consent of experts and counsel 

Exhibit 21 

Exhibit 23 

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reg. S-K 
exhibits 

(31.1) 

(31.2) 

(32.1) 

(32.2) 

Description 

Status or incorporation by reference 

Certification  of  Chief  Executive  Officer  Pursuant  to  Rules 
13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended. 
Certification  of  Chief  Financial  Officer  Pursuant  to  Rules 
13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended. 

Exhibit 31.1 

Exhibit 31.2 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 
Section 1350 

Exhibit 32.1 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 
Section 1350 

Exhibit 32.2 

101.INS 

XBRL Report Instance Document 

101.SCH 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 

101.CAL 

XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document 

101.DEF 

XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document 

101.LAB 

XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document 

101.PRE 

XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document 

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES (1) 
(Dollars in thousands) 

EXHIBIT (12)

Income from continuing operations 
  before income taxes 
Add: 
 Interest expense (2) 
 Portion of rents representative of the 
  interest factor  
 Amortization of capitalized interest  
Income as adjusted  

2011  

Years ended December 31, 
2009  

2010  

2007  

2006  

$ 

 414,281    $

 534,577    $

 693,176    $ 

 713,177    $

 660,711 

 203,061      

 203,911      

 208,855      

 229,343      

 250,540 

 38,968 

 1,535      
 657,845    $

 39,219 

 1,716      
 779,423    $

 41,499 

 1,716      
 945,246    $ 

 43,030 

 1,717      
 987,267    $

 48,969 
 1,717 
 961,937 

$ 

Fixed charges: 
 Interest expense (2) 
 Portion of rents representative of the 
  interest factor  
 Noncontrolling interests (preferred stock 
 dividends of subsidiaries), excluding taxes 
Total fixed charges  

$ 

$ 

 203,061    $

 203,911    $

 208,855    $ 

 229,343    $

 250,540 

 38,968 

 39,219 

 41,499 

 43,030 

 48,969 

 27,507 
 269,536    $

 29,790 
 272,920    $

 32,851 
 283,205    $ 

 31,610 
 303,983    $

 33,412 
 332,921 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges  

 2.44      

 2.86      

 3.34      

 3.25      

 2.89 

(1) The computation of the ratio of earnings to fixed charges has been computed by dividing income from continuing operations
before  income  taxes  as  adjusted  by  fixed  charges.    Included  in  fixed  charges  is  one-third  of  rental  expense  as  the  representative 
portion of interest. 

(2)  Interest expense includes both financing interest expense and other interest expense. 

92

 
 
 
 
  
     
        
        
        
        
  
     
        
        
        
        
  
  
 
 
 
 
     
        
        
        
        
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
  
     
        
        
        
        
 
PITNEY BOWES INC. 
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT 
The Registrant, Pitney Bowes Inc., a Delaware Corporation, has no parent. 
The following are subsidiaries of the Registrant 
(as of December 31, 2011) 

EXHIBIT (21) 

Company name 

Adrema Leasing Corporation 
AIT Quest Trustee Ltd 
Alternative Mail & Parcel Investments Limited 
Andean Enterprises, Inc. 
B. Williams Funding Corp.  
B. Williams Holding Corp. 
Canadian Office Services (Toronto) Limited 
Digital Cement Co. 
Digital Cement Inc. 
Elmcroft Road Realty Corporation 
Emtex Limited 
Emtex Software, Inc. 
Encom Europe Limited 
Factor Humano y Cadena de Personal 
FSL Holdings Inc. 
FSL Risk Managers Inc. 
Group 1 Software China Ltd. 
Harvey Company, L.L.C 
Historic Boardwalk Hall, L.L.C. 
Horizon Management AB 
Horizon Scandinavia AB 
Ibis Consulting, Inc. 
Imagitas Security Corporation 
Imagitas, Inc. 
Mag Systèmes SAS 
MapInfo Realty LLC 
PB Australia Funding Pty. Limited 
PB Equipment Management Inc. 
PB European UK LLC 
PB Forms, Inc. 
PB Historic Renovation LLC 
PB Miles Inc. 
PB Nova Scotia Holdings II ULC 
PB Nova Scotia Holdings ULC 
PB Nova Scotia II ULC 
PB Nova Scotia LP 
PB Partnership Financing Inc. 
PB Professional Services Inc. 
PBDorm Ireland Limited 
Piney Bowes Asterion Direct SAS 
Pitney Bowes (Asia Pacific) Pte. Ltd 
Pitney Bowes (Dormant) Pte Ltd. 
Pitney Bowes (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd 
Pitney Bowes (Singapore) Pte Ltd. 
Pitney Bowes (Switzerland) AG 
Pitney Bowes (Thailand) Limited 
Pitney Bowes Asterion SAS 
Pitney Bowes Australia FAS Pty. Limited 
Pitney Bowes Australia Pty Limited 
Pitney Bowes Austria Ges.m.b.H 
Pitney Bowes Batsumi Enterprise (Pty) Ltd. 
Pitney Bowes Belgium NV 
Pitney Bowes China Inc. 

Country or state of incorporation 

Delaware 
UK 
UK 
Panama 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Canada 
Canada 
Delaware 
Connecticut 
UK 
Canada 
UK 
Mexico 
Connecticut 
New York 
Hong Kong 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Sweden 
Sweden 
Rhode Island 
Massachusetts 
Delaware 
France 
New York 
Australia 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Nebraska 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Canada 
Canada 
Canada 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Ireland 
France 
Singapore 
Singapore 
Malaysia 
Singapore 
Switzerland 
Thailand 
France 
Australia 
Australia 
Austria 
South Africa 
Belgium 
Delaware 

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company name 

Country or state of incorporation 

Pitney Bowes Credit Australia Limited 
Pitney Bowes Cross Border Services, Inc 
Pitney Bowes Danmark A/S (formerly Haro Systemer AS)  
Pitney Bowes de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. 
Pitney Bowes Deutschland GmbH 
Pitney Bowes Espana, S.A. 
Pitney Bowes Europe Limited 
Pitney Bowes Finance Ireland Limited 
Pitney Bowes Finance Limited (formerly Pitney Bowes Finance plc) 
Pitney Bowes Global Financial Services LLC 
Pitney Bowes Global Limited 
Pitney Bowes Global LLC 
Pitney Bowes Government Solutions, Inc.  
Pitney Bowes Holding SNC 
Pitney Bowes Holdings B.V. 
Pitney Bowes Holdings Denmark ApS 
Pitney Bowes Holdings Limited 
Pitney Bowes Hong Kong Limited 
Pitney Bowes India Inc. 
Pitney Bowes India Private Limited 
Pitney Bowes International 
Pitney Bowes International Funding 
Pitney Bowes International Holdings, Inc. 
Pitney Bowes International Mail Services Limited 
Pitney Bowes Ireland Limited 
Pitney Bowes Italia S.r.l. 
Pitney Bowes Japan KK 
Pitney Bowes Korea Ltd. 
Pitney Bowes Limited 
Pitney Bowes Luxembourg Holding II S.a.r.l. 
Pitney Bowes Luxembourg Holding S.a.r.l. 
Pitney Bowes Luxembourg SARL 
Pitney Bowes Mail and Messaging Systems (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. 
Pitney Bowes Management Services Belgium, NV 
Pitney Bowes Management Services Canada, Inc Services de Gestion Pitney Bowes Canada, Inc. 
Pitney Bowes Management Services Denmark, A/S 
Pitney Bowes Management Services Deutschland GmbH 
Pitney Bowes Management Services Italia S.r.l. 
Pitney Bowes Management Services Limited 
Pitney Bowes Management Services Netherlands, B.V. 
Pitney Bowes Management Services Norway A.S. 
Pitney Bowes Management Services Sweden AB 
Pitney Bowes Management Services, Inc. 
Pitney Bowes MapInfo Business Applications Limited (formerly Southbank Systems Limited) 
Pitney Bowes MapInfo GDC Limited (formerly Graphical Data Capture Limited) 
Pitney Bowes MapInfo Scotland Limited (formerly Moleseye Limited) 
Pitney Bowes Middle East FZ-LLC 
Pitney Bowes Netherlands B.V. 
Pitney Bowes New Zealand Limited 
Pitney Bowes Norge AS 
Pitney Bowes Nova Scotia ULC 
Pitney Bowes of Canada Ltd. - Pitney Bowes du Canada Ltee 
Pitney Bowes Oy 
Pitney Bowes Polska Sp. z.o.o. 
Pitney Bowes Portugal Sociedade Unipessoal, Lda. 
Pitney Bowes Presort Services, Inc. (formerly PSI Group, Inc.) 
Pitney Bowes Properties Inc. 
Pitney Bowes Puerto Rico, Inc. 
Pitney Bowes SA (Pty) Ltd. 
Pitney Bowes SAS 
Pitney Bowes Semco Equipamentos E Servicos Ltda 
Pitney Bowes Servicios, S.A. de C.V. 
Pitney Bowes Shelton Realty Inc. 

94

Australia 
Delaware 
Denmark 
Mexico 
Germany 
Spain 
UK 
Ireland 
UK 
Delaware 
UK 
Delaware 
Delaware 
France 
Netherlands 
Denmark 
UK 
Hong Kong 
Delaware 
India 
Ireland 
Ireland 
Delaware 
UK 
Ireland 
Italy 
Japan 
Korea 
UK 
Luxembourg 
Luxembourg 
Luxembourg 
Shanghai 
Belgium 
Canada 
Denmark 
Germany 
Italy 
UK 
Netherlands 
Norway 
Sweden 
Delaware 
UK 
UK 
UK 
Dubai 
Netherlands 
New Zealand 
Norway 
Canada 
Canada 
Finland 
Poland 
Portugal 
Delaware 
Connecticut 
Puerto Rico 
South Africa 
France 
Brazil 
Mexico 
Connecticut 

 
 
 
Company name 

Country or state of incorporation 

Pitney Bowes Software (Beijing) Ltd 
Pitney Bowes Software Canada Inc. 
Pitney Bowes Software Europe GmbH 
Pitney Bowes Software Europe Limited 
Pitney Bowes Software Holdings Limited (formerly Pitney Bowes MapInfo UK Limited) 
Pitney Bowes Software Inc. 
Pitney Bowes Software India Private Limited (formerly Pitney Bowes MapInfo India Private Limited) 
Pitney Bowes Software K. K. 
Pitney Bowes Software Latin America Inc. 
Pitney Bowes Software Limited 
Pitney Bowes Software Private Limited 
Pitney Bowes Software Pte Ltd 
Pitney Bowes Software Pty Ltd 
Pitney Bowes Software SAS 
Pitney Bowes Svenska Aktiebolag 
Pitney Bowes UK LP 
PitneyWorks.com Inc. 
PitneyWorks.com L.L.C. 
Portrait International, Inc. 
Portrait Million Handshakes AS 
Portrait Software International Ltd. 
Portrait Software plc 
Portrait Software UK Ltd 
Print, Inc. 
PrintValue Solutions, Inc. 
Quadstone Paramics Ltd 
Quadstone Trustee Company Ltd 
Sagent (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd  
Services Integrations Group, L.P. 
SIG-GP, L.L.C. 
Technopli SARL  
The Pitney Bowes Bank, Inc. 
Wheeler Insurance, Ltd. 

China 
Canada 
Germany 
UK 
UK 
Delaware 
India 
Japan 
Delaware 
UK 
India 
Singapore 
Australia 
France 
Sweden 
UK 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Ohio 
Norway 
UK 
UK 
UK 
Washington 
Arizona 
Scotland 
Scotland 
Malaysia 
Delaware 
Delaware 
France 
Utah 
Vermont 

95

 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

EXHIBIT (23) 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Registration Nos. 33-5291, 33-4549, 
33-22238,  33-5765,  33-41182,  333-66735,  333-05731,  333-132589,  333-132590,  333-132591,  333-132592,  333-145527)  and  on 
Form  S-3  (Registration  Nos.  333-109966,  333-151753,  333-149474,  333-161357,  333-176957)  of  Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  of  our  report 
dated February 23, 2012 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over 
financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K. 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Stamford, Connecticut 
February 23, 2012 

96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) 
UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED 

EXHIBIT (31.1) 

I, Murray D. Martin, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this Report on Form 10-K of Pitney Bowes Inc.; 

2.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact 
necessary to make the statements  made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not  misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this annual report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in 
all  material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  for,  the  periods 
presented in this annual report; 

4.  The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange 
Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a.  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under 
our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made 
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared; 

b.  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c.  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  annual  report  our 
conclusions  about  the  effectiveness  of  the  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this 
annual report based on such evaluation; and  

d.  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5.  The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting,  to  the  registrant's  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  registrant's  board  of  directors  (or  persons  performing  the 
equivalent functions): 

a.  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant's  ability  to  record,  process,  summarize  and  report  financial 
information; and 

b.  Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the 

registrant's internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: February 23, 2012 

/s/ Murray D. Martin 
Murray D. Martin 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) 
UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED 

EXHIBIT (31.2) 

I, Michael Monahan, certify that: 

1.   I have reviewed this Report on Form 10-K of Pitney Bowes Inc.; 

2.   Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact 
necessary to make the statements  made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not  misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this annual report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in 
all  material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  for,  the  periods 
presented in this annual report; 

4.  The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange 
Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a.  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under 
our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made 
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared; 

b.  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c.  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  annual  report  our 
conclusions  about  the  effectiveness  of  the  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this 
annual report based on such evaluation; and 

d.  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.  The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting,  to  the  registrant's  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  registrant's  board  of  directors  (or  persons  performing  the 
equivalent functions): 

a.  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant's  ability  to  record,  process,  summarize  and  report  financial 
information; and 

b.  Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the 

registrant's internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: February 23, 2012 

/s/ Michael Monahan 
Michael Monahan 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

98

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 

EXHIBIT (32.1) 

The certification set forth below is being submitted in connection with the Annual Report of Pitney Bowes Inc. (the "Company") on 
Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011  as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof  (the 
"Report"),  for  the  purpose  of  complying  with  Rule  13a-14(b)  or  Rule  15d-14(b)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  (the 
“Exchange Act”) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code. 

I, Murray D. Martin, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify that, to the best of my knowledge: 

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and 

(2)  The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and  results  of 

operations of the Company. 

/s/ Murray D. Martin 
Murray D. Martin 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 
February 23, 2012 

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 

EXHIBIT (32.2) 

The certification set forth below is being submitted in connection with the Annual Report of Pitney Bowes Inc. (the "Company") on 
Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011  as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof  (the 
"Report"),  for  the  purpose  of  complying  with  Rule  13a-14(b)  or  Rule  15d-14(b)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  (the 
“Exchange Act”) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code. 

I, Michael Monahan, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify that, to the best of my knowledge: 

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and 

(2)  The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and  results  of 

operations of the Company. 

/s/ Michael Monahan 
Michael Monahan 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
February 23, 2012 

100

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholder Information

World Headquarters
Pitney Bowes Inc. 
1 Elmcroft Road, Stamford, CT 06926-0700 
203.356.5000 
www.pb.com

Annual Meeting
Stockholders are cordially invited to attend the Annual 
Meeting at 9:00 a.m., Monday, May 14, 2012, at Pitney Bowes  
World Headquarters in Stamford, Connecticut. Notice of the 
meeting will be mailed or made available to stockholders  
of record as of March 16, 2012. Please refer to the Proxy 
Statement for information concerning admission to the meeting.

10-K Report
Included in this Annual Report to Stockholders is a copy of 
our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
December 31, 2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission. This Annual Report contains statements that 
are forward-looking. These statements are based on current 
expectations and assumptions that are subject to risks and 
uncertainties. Actual results could differ materially because of 
factors discussed in the Forward-Looking Statements section 
of the Form 10-K. The CEO/CFO certifications required to be 
filed with the SEC under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002 were filed as exhibits to our Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011. 
The CEO certification required to be submitted to the NYSE 
pursuant to Section 303A.12(a) of the NYSE Listed Company 
Manual was submitted on June 7, 2011.

Additional copies of our Form 10-K will be sent to 
stockholders free of charge upon written request to:  
MSC 00-63-02 
Investor Relations 
Pitney Bowes Inc. 
1 Elmcroft Road, Stamford, CT 06926-0700

Stock Exchanges
Pitney Bowes common stock is traded under the symbol 
“PBI.” The principal market on which it is listed is the New 
York Stock Exchange. The stock is also traded on the Chicago, 
Philadelphia, Boston, Pacific and Cincinnati stock exchanges.

Investor Inquiries
All investor inquiries about Pitney Bowes should be 
addressed to: 
MSC 00-63-02 
Investor Relations 
Pitney Bowes Inc. 
1 Elmcroft Road, Stamford, CT 06926-0700

Comments concerning the Annual Report  
should be sent to:
MSC 00-63-03 
Corporate Marketing 
Pitney Bowes Inc. 
1 Elmcroft Road, Stamford, CT 06926-0700

Trademarks 
Pitney Bowes, the Corporate logo, Every connection is a new opportunity,  
Connect+, EngageOne, IntelliJet, Mailstream Wrapper, MarketSpace, pbSmart, 
pbSmartPostage, Portrait Interaction Optimizer, Portrait Uplift, Print+ Messenger, 
SendSuite Live and Volly are trademarks of Pitney Bowes Inc. or a subsidiary.  
USPS and First-Class are trademarks of the United States Postal Service.  
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

Transfer Agent and Registrar
Computershare Trust Company, N.A. 
PO Box 43078 
Providence, RI 02940-3078 
Stockholders may call Computershare at (800) 648-8170 
www.computershare.com

Stockholder Inquiries
To provide or obtain information concerning transfer 
requirements, lost certificates, dividends, changes of address 
and other matters, please call: (800) 648-8170, TDD phone 
service for the hearing impaired (800) 952-9245, for foreign 
holders (781) 575-2721; or write to the address above.

Dividend Reinvestment Plan
Owners of Pitney Bowes Inc. common stock may purchase 
common stock, $1 par value, with their dividends through the 
Dividend Reinvestment Plan. A prospectus and enrollment 
card may be obtained by calling (800) 648-8170 or by writing 
to the agent at the address above.

Direct Deposit of Dividends
For information about direct deposit of dividends, please call 
(800) 648-8170 or write to the agent at the address above.

Duplicate Mailings
If you receive duplicate mailings because you have more than 
one account listing, you may wish to save your company money 
by consolidating your accounts. Please call (800) 648-8170 or 
write to the agent at the address above.

Stock Information
Dividends per common share:

Quarter 

First 
Second 
Third 
Fourth 

Total 

  2011 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

.370 
.370 
.370 
.370 

$  1.48 

Quarterly price ranges of common stock:

2011 Quarter 

First 
Second 
Third 
Fourth 

2010 Quarter 

First 
Second 
Third 
Fourth 

  High 

$ 26.15 
$ 26.36 
$ 23.47 
$ 21.20 

  High 

$ 24.76 
$ 26.00 
$ 25.00 
$ 24.79 

  2010

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

.365
.365
.365
.365

$  1.46

  Low

$ 23.46
$ 22.05
$ 18.00
$ 17.33

  Low

$ 20.80
$ 21.28
$ 19.06
$ 21.19

The materials used in this publication are recyclable.  
The paper is certified to Forest Stewardship Council™ (FSC)® standards.

2
1
3
0
5
7
0
2
1
D
A

d
e
v
r
e
s
e
r
s
t
h
g

i
r
l
l

A

.
c
n
I
s
e
w
o
B
y
e
n
t
i
P
2
1
0
2
©

y
o
l
l
o
M
a
r
u
a
L
:
n
o
i
t
a
r
t
s
u
l
l
I

i

k
s
r
e
l
a
w
a
K
d
e
T

,

w
o
l
e
g
B
n
a
D

i

:
y
h
p
a
r
g
o
t
o
h
P

k
r
o
Y
w
e
N

,
l
e
u
q
e
S
:
n
g
i
s
e
D

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Every connection is a new opportunity ™

1 Elmcroft Road, Stamford, CT 06926-0700   203.356.5000   www.pb.com